Quarterlytics / Rental & Leasing Services / HSS Hire Group plc

HSS Hire Group plc

hss · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker hss
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Rental & Leasing Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · HSS Hire Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
H

S

S

H

i

r

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

6

Moving 
forward 
for our 
customers

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
About HSS
The HSS Hire Group is a leader in the UK tool and equipment hire market,  
with a strong national presence and well-established brand. 

In addition to the hire of traditional smaller tools and equipment such as drills, 
cement mixers and breakers, we offer our customers expertise in specialist 
categories such as power generation and powered access. Together with our 
valued supply partners, through HSS OneCall, we can provide a one-stop-shop 
for all of our customers’ needs regardless of whether we own the tools and 
equipment being hired.

In addition to our financial performance, this Report provides you with an 
overview of the changes to our operating model implemented during the  
year to drive increased efficiency and effectiveness of our operations.

This investment has strengthened our ability to deliver the kit our customers 
need, anytime and anywhere in the UK and reflects our unrelenting focus on 
moving forward for our customers.

Key performance highlights

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITA

Operating (loss)/profit

£342.4m
+9.6%

£68.6m
(3.4%)

£20.5m
+1.0%

(£2.7m)
£6.8m

Reported EPS  
(basic and diluted)

(11.18p)
(1.32p)

Adjusted EPS (diluted)

Core utilisation (LTM)

Specialist utilisation (LTM)

2.94p
(0.26p)

50%
+2pp

75%
(1pp)

 Find out more in our Financial Review 26

This Report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the operations, strategy, performance, 
financial condition, and growth opportunities of the Group. 

By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty and are based on assumptions and involve risks, uncertainties 
and other factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated.  
The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this  
Report and, other than in accordance with its legal and regulatory obligations, HSS undertakes no obligation  
to update these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this Report should be construed as a profit forecast.

01

Contents

Strategic Report

Our Business and Our Performance

02  Chairman’s Statement 
04  Q&A with John Gill
06  Chief Executive Officer’s Review
10  Our Key Performance Indicators
12  Our Marketplace
14  Our Business Model
16  Our Operational Model
18  Our Business in Action
26  Financial Review

Our Responsibilities

30  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
34  Corporate Responsibility

Directors’ Report

Governance

40  Chairman’s Introduction
42  Board of Directors
44  Corporate Governance
49  Audit Committee Report
52  Market Disclosure Committee Report
52  Nomination Committee Report
54  Directors’ Remuneration Report
62  Other Statutory Disclosures
65  Directors’ Responsibility Statement

Financial Information

Independent Auditor’s Report

68 
72  Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of  
73 
Comprehensive Income

74  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
75   Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
76  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
77  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
112  Company Statement of Financial Position
113  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
114  Company Notes to the Financial Statements

Other Information

117  Shareholder Information
118  Company Information
119  Definitions and Glossary

Rental

Services

Our Rental segment comprises 
rental income earned from HSS 
owned tools and equipment and 
directly related revenue e.g. resale, 
transport and other ancillary 
revenues. Through our core HSS 
brand and specialist brands of 
ABird, All Seasons Hire, Apex  
and UK Platforms, we can offer 
customers access to a broad 
range of 23 owned equipment 
categories which can be delivered 
or picked up nationwide from our 
national network of Customer 
Distribution Centres (CDCs) and 
local branches.

Our Services segment directly 
complements our Rental offering 
and comprises income from the 
group’s third party supplied rehire 
business (HSS OneCall), HSS 
Training and TecServ. In addition 
to trading directly with customers, 
together with our Rental offering, 
these businesses allow us to 
provide a true one-stop-shop tool 
and equipment hire and related 
Services offering to our customers 
across the UK. 

 Find out more in our Financial Review 26

To view our Annual Report online visit 
hssannualreport2016.com

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information02

Chairman’s  
Statement

2016 was a year of investment in 
innovation, particularly in the ongoing 
development of our distribution and 
engineering model. Our clear objectives 
are to increase capital and operational 
efficiency and deliver the benefits of a 
significantly enhanced customer service 
proposition for competitive advantage 
in our Branch Network over the medium 
term. These underpin the Board’s 
commitment to creating profitable 
growth and shareholder value.

Alan Peterson 
Chairman

Welcome to the HSS Hire Group 
plc Annual Report and Accounts 
for 2016. The year was a 
transformational one for HSS,  
in which we invested in our 
operating model to incorporate  
an industrialised engineering 
function alongside our retail-like 
logistics capability. This will drive  
a real competitive advantage for  
our Branch Network, providing  
a paradigm shift in kit availability 
within our markets where we 
expect to see growth in the 
medium term. In addition, we grew 
our Services revenue significantly  
in 2016, delivering an attractive 
return with minimal capital 
investment. However, we were 
disappointed with our earnings 
out-turn, which was below our  
initial expectations for the year,  
as a consequence of our  
complex programme of change. 

We took the decision to extend 
implementation of our network transformation 
programme into Q1 17 in order to minimise 
execution risk. We will now leverage our 
investment, concentrating on reinvigorating 
Rental revenues through reconnecting with 
customers who were impacted through  
the change. We expect the benefits of the 
transformation and sales plans to accrue 
in H2 17.

The Board remains confident that the 
changes undertaken in the year will position 
the business to drive improved shareholder 
returns over the medium term. Our focus in 
2017 is firmly on cost control, operational 
and capital efficiency and deriving clear 
competitive advantage from our enhanced 
customer experience.

Our customer proposition
Our customer proposition is concentrated  
on ensuring instant, same-day and next-day 
hire availability of our extensive range of tools 
and equipment, through a multichannel offer, 
combining the UK’s largest branch network, 
strategically located Customer Distribution 
Centres and our e-commerce platform, which 
enjoys 60% market share of online hire. We 
complement our core tools and equipment 
Rental proposition with a wide range of 
specialist equipment from diesel booms 
to large power generation. We have also 
strengthened our operational management 
team in early 2017 as we leverage our 
investment to drive sales growth in our core 
Rental business, where the marginal profit 
on every additional sale is highly attractive.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201603

In 2016 we grew our Services revenue 
significantly. This largely comprises  
our successful rehire operation, which 
provides an attractive return on assets, 
through the provision of equipment such  
as large plant, without the need for capital 
investment. It contributes to our ability to 
provide a one-stop-shop for customers  
from large organisations where we manage 
complex supply chains on their behalf,  
to smaller trades, seeking equipment  
across the spectrum.

Market environment
HSS has seen little or no impact amongst  
its larger customers following the decision  
to leave the EU, reflected in the strong 
performance of our Key Account portfolio. 
Revenue from our mid-sized and smaller 
customers however has been softer than 
originally expected, possibly in part due  
to weakness in the broader RMI market,  
which has been widely reported by other 
businesses in the sector. In broader market 
coverage, the European Rental Association 
downgraded its forecast for UK tool and 
equipment market growth to 2.8% from 3.7% 
for 2016 and to 1.9% from 2.6% for 2017 
seemingly as a consequence of market 
uncertainty following the Brexit vote.

Internal factors have played more of a role in 
our performance through 2016, principally the 
impact caused by the significant operational 
change programme we have implemented 
across the business. We extended this 
programme into Q1 17 to minimise the 
disruption on the business through the end 
of 2016, and I am pleased to confirm that the 
implementation of our National Distribution 
and Engineering Centre (NDEC) across 
England, Wales and Scotland is now 
complete, enabling us to move from the 
implementation phase to continuous 
improvement as we learn from and refine  
our operating model.

Our strategy and plan
HSS is committed to delivering operational 
innovation to hire. Our investment in an 
NDEC is at the heart of our commitment 
to industrialising engineering within hire to 
deliver quality and productivity benefits in 
what is typically a de-centralised industry. 
Our network – which we continue to ‘right-
size’ – is designed to provide scalable benefits 
important to our future: capital and operational 
efficiencies and an enhanced customer 
proposition that drives up equipment 
availability when our customers need it 
– their primary concern. 

Our strategy starts with our customer needs 
– availability, safety, support and value is 
centred on three strategic priorities: winning 
new, and deepening existing, customer 
relationships; optimising our distribution and 
Branch Network; and continued development 
and growth of our specialist brands.

Our achievements against these priorities  
and the five strategic enablers which support 
them are outlined in the Chief Executive 
Officer’s Review on page 6.

 Find out more about Our Business in Action 18

Our results
Group turnover increased 9.6% to £342.4m, 
principally due to strong growth with new  
and existing Key Account customers, and 
Services revenue, from which we generated 
Adjusted EBITA of £20.5m (FY15: £20.3m)  
and delivered a Return on Capital Employed 
(ROCE) of 9.7% (FY15: 11.2%). Our results  
are discussed in more detail in the Financial 
Review on page 26.

 Find out more in our Financial Review 26

Our Board and management team
In August 2016 we welcomed Paul Quested  
to the Group as Chief Financial Officer.  
Paul brings a broad range of financial, 
operational and strategic experience across 
global multi-site businesses and has quickly 
integrated himself within the business during  
a period of significant operational change.

Our CEO, John Gill, is supported by a  
broader senior management team which has 
responded well to the challenges we saw in 
2016. I would like to thank our non-executive 
directors, who have continued to provide wise 
counsel and effective governance throughout. 
In early 2017, we welcomed Tom Shorten  
and Max Morgan to our senior management 
team. Tom Shorten was appointed to the 
newly created role of Chief Commercial Officer 
where he will bring considerable experience  
to the task of driving volume growth through 
our Branch Network. Max Morgan joined  
us as Group HR Director bringing valuable 
experience in the development and delivery 
of people strategies that support business 
performance improvement to the Group.

 Find out more about our Board of Directors 42

Governance
We welcomed the introduction of the  
Modern Slavery Act 2015 and responded  
with appropriate training for relevant managers 
and additional governance, with our first 
Modern Slavery Act statement to be made 
available on our website in due course.  
We also reinforced, with updated training,  
the requirements of the Bribery Act.
We have strong governance structures 
through our committees, systems and 
policies; my belief is that this provides a strong 
foundation for our day-to-day activities, the 
protection of our assets and the delivery  
of our business plan. 

 Find out more about Governance 39

Capital structure
On 28 December 2016 we placed 
15,445,238 new ordinary shares with our 
two largest shareholders at an undiscounted 
placing price of 83.875p per share. As a 
result the total issued share capital increased 
by 9.98% to 170,207,142 shares. The placing 
raised c. £13.0m before expenses and was 
undertaken to strengthen the Group’s balance 
sheet and provide additional flexibility to fund 
fleet investment.

Our people
I continue to be extremely impressed with the 
motivation, can-do attitude and achievements 
of HSS people across our Group, which is 
reflected in our consistently high customer 
satisfaction scores. During the year we have 
made improvements in the diversity of our 
workforce and established targets for further 
progress which are reported on page 37.

 Find out more about Corporate Responsibility 34

Corporate responsibility
Our primary responsibility is to ensure the 
safety of HSS colleagues and customers;  
our Board agenda starts with Health and 
Safety in an ethos of individual ownership, 
which is reflected across the Group. We also 
pay close attention to reducing the impact  
we have on the environment and in the role 
we play as a community business across  
the UK and Ireland. You can read more  
about our corporate responsibility activities 
on page 34 and in the separate Corporate 
Responsibility Report published on our 
website www.hsshiregroup.com.

 Find out more about Corporate Responsibility 34

Dividend
The Board is focused on reducing net debt 
and, after careful consideration of the 
significant cash investments made during 
2016 and the continuing optimisation of 
the network underway, believes it is in the best 
interests of the shareholders for the Group  
to not pay a final dividend in respect of 2016. 
As a result of this decision the total dividend 
paid and payable by the Group in respect of 
FY16 totals 0.57p per ordinary share, reflecting 
the interim dividend of 0.57p per share paid in 
October 2016.

Looking ahead
We have entered 2017 with a firm agenda  
to capture the full benefits from the material 
operational changes and investment made 
across the Group through 2016 and beyond. 
We have strengthened our sales leadership 
to drive Rental growth through our Branch 
Network via a significantly enhanced 
customer proposition. The Board remains  
fully committed to optimising this investment  
to deliver profitable growth and create 
shareholder value.

Alan Peterson 
Chairman

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information04

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

Q. 
What should we expect 
from HSS over the next  
12 months?

A.
Over the next 12 months and beyond, we 
will be focused on: driving core tool and 
equipment hire revenue growth; lowering 
the operating costs of our network; and 
reducing the Group’s leverage and net debt 
position. We will achieve this by using our 
Services capability to win a greater share 
of wallet from our customers and through 
leveraging our unique and innovative 
operating model – collectively our local 
branches, CDCs and our centralised 
engineering and distribution activity – 
to drive sales and operating and capital 
efficiencies. Our net debt position will be 
reduced through a combination of our 
trading performance, our focused capital 
investment plans and working capital 
improvement actions across the Group.

Our plan is all about driving profitability,  
cash generation and capital and operational 
efficiency. We couldn’t do any of this without 
our fantastic team of HSS colleagues who 
demonstrate their can-do attitude to 
customer service every day.

 Find out more about Our Business in Action 18

Q&A with 
John Gill

John Gill, CEO, answers 
questions on Group 
performance and strategy 
going forward.

Q. 
The share price 
performance since the IPO 
has been disappointing 
– what are you doing to 
restore shareholder value?

A.
As a shareholder myself I can only agree. 

As a Board, we are wholly committed to 
ensuring that we achieve value and improve 
returns for our shareholders and this is,  
of course, about cost control, cash 
generation, capital and operational 
efficiency and enhancing our customer 
service to drive more volume through our 
branch network. The investment we have 
made during the year is designed to address 
these areas and to enhance the fleet 
availability our customers – large and small 
– are seeking. Our innovative approach to 
distribution and engineering supports this 
well-differentiated customer proposition.

Since the Initial Public Offering (IPO), we 
have grown the revenues earned from our 
Services offerings significantly. We are  
now focusing on reinvigorating growth 
in our Rental business. 

Q. 
How long will it take to  
start to see the recovery?

A.
With a year of significant investment and 
innovation behind us and an ongoing 
programme of network refinement ahead  
of us, 2017 will commence a programme  
of recovery and growth in sustained 
profitability. We can expect to see benefits 
over the medium term. We are moving 
sensibly at the right pace, with more active 
performance management of our branch 
portfolio and a focus on reinvigorating  
the growth of our Rental revenues. Both 
these objectives are supported by the 
appointment of a new Chief Commercial 
Officer in early 2017. We are now positioned 
to respond to growing customer demand 
and take opportunities to increase our scale. 

Services revenues require minimal capital 
expenditure, through our leveraging of our 
supply partners’ hire fleets or, in the case 
of training, the intellectual property of the 
course. As such, they are accretive to EBITA 
and ultimately the Group’s ROCE and 
earnings per share. 

We are now focusing on reinvigorating 
growth in our Rental business, which 
accounts for a larger proportion of our cost 
base, both in terms of capital investment 
and operating costs, but more importantly, 
has the potential to drive disproportionate 
growth in profits as we leverage the 
economies of scale available through 
our established network. 

Our Core Rental business was impacted 
during 2016 by the considerable change  
we implemented throughout our network. 
We need to work hard to extract the 
benefits from that investment, reconnecting 
with customers who were impacted by  
the change, with a clearly articulated 
customer message of superior availability 
that will differentiate HSS. We are 
particularly concentrating on reinvigorating 
growth in our small and medium-sized 
customer base. 

Q. 
Does the Group have  
the right capital structure 
to execute its growth 
strategy effectively?

A.
The Group benefits, in particular, from the 
support of its two largest shareholders  
who, through the equity placing at the  
end of 2016, enabled us to strengthen the 
Group’s balance sheet and provide 
additional flexibility to fund tactical fleet 
investment. In addition to equity holders, 
large and small, we also benefit from the 
support of a range of other capital providers 
including the holders of our senior secured 
notes and the providers of our revolving 
credit facility and finance leases. Coupled 
with the Group’s cash flow expectations for 
the year, these sources of funding provide 
sufficient headroom to invest in and grow 
our business.

Q. 
What benefits will 
investment in the 
engineering and 
distribution network  
bring to the Group?

A.
In essence, we have moved kit closer to 
our customers through an evolution of our 
Branch Network and CDCs backed by  
a national facility which maintains, tests  
and repairs our high volume lines, and a 
sophisticated retail-like network to replenish 
our branches. Quite simply, this means a 
slicker operation which ensures our kit is 
available to our customers when they 
need it. It is also a more capital efficient  
and completely scalable model, which  
has established the foundations of our 
future growth.

It has been a complex programme, which 
took longer than initially expected, and it  
is also ongoing as we work to continually 
learn from, and refine, our operating model.

Q. 
Services growth was 
strong in the year but 
growth in the Rental 
business was less robust  
– how are you planning  
to accelerate growth in  
the Core business?

A.
We were pleased by the growth in our 
Services revenue during 2016. Our Services 
customers rely on HSS as a single point of 
contact for equipment both from our own 
fleet and equipment that we rehire from 
other providers via our HSS OneCall offer. 
We also benefited from our appointment as 
Managed Service Provider to Amey through 
a ground-breaking contract where we 
deploy our systems and controls to manage 
their complex equipment supply chain.  
The rest of our Key Accounts portfolio – 
customers in retail, facilities management, 
airports and infrastructure – also performed 
well and typically use HSS as a one-stop-
shop. Our Services revenue was also 
boosted by the growth of complementary 
equipment services such as the health  
and safety training courses we provide  
via HSS Training. 

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

05

Q. 
Is M&A still a feature  
of Group strategy?

A.
We will always look at appropriate 
opportunities where they support our 
customer proposition and increase the 
breadth of our offering. In 2017 however  
our focus is on growing our core business  
in tool and equipment hire organically, to 
capitalise on the significant investment we 
made in innovation and organisational 
efficiency within the business during 2016. 

Q. 
Speculation on 
consolidation of the tool 
hire sector was a feature  
of the year – what is your 
view of the opportunities?

A.
We believe that our industry is fragmented 
and would benefit from future consolidation 
to enable it to capture cost and scale 
advantage. But it would not be appropriate 
for us to comment on speculation.

Q. 
What is your view of the 
competitive environment  
in the year ahead? Do  
you expect more Brexit-
related turbulence?

A.
We have yet to see any Brexit-related impact 
on our larger customers but have potentially 
seen some impact within our small and 
medium-sized customers, with some 
softening within the RMI markets following 
the Referendum as widely reported by 
others in our sector. The European Rental 
Association has also downgraded its growth 
forecast for the UK in 2017 as a result of 
what it describes as ‘market uncertainty’. 
That said, we believe we should continue  
to grow ahead of the overall tool and 
equipment rental market, because we 
operate in the more resilient repair, maintain 
and operate segments and since our 
investment in improving availability leaves 
us well placed to grow customer volumes.

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
06

Chief Executive  
Officer’s Review

In 2016, we focused hard 
on implementing a network 
transformation that will create clear 
competitive advantage for our Branch 
Network through ensuring industry-
leading kit availability to our customers 
– in short ensuring that we have the 
tools they need exactly when they 
need them. This programme has been 
complex and taken longer to achieve 
than originally anticipated – and we  
will continue to refine our network to 
support our customers, positioning  
us well for long-term growth and scale.

John Gill 
Chief Executive

Our strategy continues to be 
centred on three priorities which 
are inherent to the creation of  
long-term shareholder value, 
through a strong focus on the 
scalable benefits of operational  
and capital efficiency and 
enhanced customer service.

Overview
In 2016 we invested heavily in our network to 
drive future operational and capital efficiency 
through centralised, industrialised engineering 
and logistics processes for our high-volume 
product lines. This new capability is supported 
by regional engineering expertise for larger 
Specialist hire fleet and lower transactional 
volume products and a retail-like logistics 
network replenishing our equipment in our 
national network of local branches. Our 
objective is to ensure certainty of kit availability 
through a very clear customer proposition 
delivered via a cost-efficient network. 

The change programme was ambitious; we 
took the decision to delay implementation of 
the final element (Scotland) into early 2017 and 
I am pleased to say that the process is now 
complete, but we will continue to refine and 
right-size our network going forward as part 
of our culture of continuous improvement. 
We should start to see the benefits over the 
medium term.

The investment and extended period of 
change impacted our profit performance. 
Whilst we delivered strong revenue growth 
in Services and via our larger customer 
accounts, both of which are earnings 
enhancing, performance in our local and 
regional customers was weaker than 
expected, leading to lower profits than 
anticipated at the start of 2016. We are now 
well positioned to leverage our investment 
through the implementation of sales plans 
that will win back customers impacted by 
the change. We are therefore focused hard 
on ensuring profitable Rental revenue growth 
in our Core customer base of smaller and 
regional accounts. We have invested in our 
senior management team, with the creation 
of a new post of Chief Commercial Officer, 
to drive this forward in 2017.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201607

Customer needs

Our strategy

Scalable benefits

Availability

Safety

Support

Value

1

2

3

Win new, and deepen 
existing, customer 
relationships

Optimise the 
distribution and  
branch network

Continued development 
and growth of our 
specialist businesses

Enhanced customer 
service proposition

Operational and  
capital efficiencies

Shareholder value

The HSS difference
HSS continues to strive to innovate in our 
markets. Our research shows that our 
customers’ top priority is product availability: 
easy access to the tools and equipment  
they need for their task. We have therefore 
positioned and stocked our network of 
local branches and Customer Distribution 
Centres (CDCs) to ensure that we have a 
clear competitive advantage through greater 
availability of equipment for customers to 
pick up, order to collect or for delivery to site. 

Our customers also require support and 
our expertise and excellence in customer 
service is reflected in our customer satisfaction 
metrics, with our NPS scores continuing to be 
well above the industrial and services sector 
benchmark. We also responded during the 
year to their need for value, via strategic price 
reductions in our Trade Essentials range and 
a wider simplification of pricing, to the benefit 
of customers and colleagues. Safety, of 
course, is our primary concern and we 
continue to drive a culture that ensures 
we all own, and are accountable for, safety 
for colleagues and customers. 

 Find out more about Our Business in Action 18

Our performance
We continued to grow our Group revenue  
well above the European Rental Association’s 
forecast for the UK marketplace of 2.8% in 
2016, suggesting further market share gains 
through the year. Rental revenue was flat  
year on year and Services revenue, which 
includes Training and our Rehire operation, 
HSS OneCall, grew significantly at 60.8%. 

Our performance reflects the scale and 
complexity of the operational change 
programme implemented across the 
Group in the year, including the launch  

of the National Distribution and Engineering 
Centre (NDEC), which opened in March 
2016 in parallel with the existing network, 
and impacted our core Rental revenue 
performance. We also opened 11 branches 
during the year in specific markets where  
we are under-represented and closed 18  
in locations which were underperforming or 
not cost-efficient to serve. This programme  
of active network optimisation continues.
 Find out more in our Financial Review 26

Our markets
Our marketplace is described on pages  
12 and 13. We operate throughout the UK  
and Ireland, where we believe we are the 
second largest tool and equipment hire 
provider. The European Rental Association 
(ERA) estimates that the UK plant, tool and 
equipment rental market grew 2.8% in 2016 
and generated total turnover of c. £5.7bn.  
The ERA notes that its research suggests that 
‘political uncertainty has put industry growth 
on hold’ citing a downward revision in their 
forecast for 2017 to 1.9% ‘due to the unknown 
effects of the Brexit vote’. HSS has yet to see 
any specific impacts of Brexit on our larger 
customers; but it may be that the softness  
in the RMI markets reported by others in  
the sector is a consequence of Brexit and is 
impacting our performance with smaller and 
mid-sized customers. We are however aware 
that our change programme had an impact 
within these latter customer groups in the 
second half of the year. 

HSS focuses on the fit-out, operation and 
maintenance of the built environment – 
airports, retailers and facilities managers  
for example – through both our core 
businesses and specialist brands. The ERA 
notes that the split of rental demand between 

construction and non-construction is 
estimated at 60:40% with the ‘share of 
non-construction demand in the UK being 
one of the most important in Europe’.

We benefit from strong customer propositions 
in the ‘non-construction’ segment, from our 
Reintec business, where we offer hire, sales 
and service of cleaning equipment, through  
to our Managed Service Provider (MSP)  
offer where we manage complex supply 
chains for some of our largest customers, 
often using HSS OneCall to supplement  
our hire fleet offering. 

We also serve certain construction markets 
through HSS OneCall, our rehire operation – 
providing for example, diggers and dumpers 
and plant for ground-up construction – 
through a simple one-stop-shop model.  
Our powered access and power generation 
businesses also support a wide range 
of construction environments and our 
Trade Essentials range is aimed at local 
tradespeople who move between building 
and maintenance of local domestic and 
commercial premises. 

Our resilience is underpinned by our  
diverse range of customers, from blue- 
chip organisations through to individual 
consumers; and, importantly, by the ability  
to supply more of their equipment needs, 
through both our own complementary brands 
and through the efficient, one-stop-shop 
rehire of other providers’ assets. Frequently, 
we are a major channel to market for many of 
these members of our supply chain and our 
customers benefit from one point of contact 
and contract. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information08

Chief Executive Officer’s Review
Continued

The ERA notes that the ‘UK market is relatively 
concentrated’ but this is only in contrast to the 
highly fragmented and less mature markets 
of continental Europe. It estimates that the 
larger rental players with between 50 and 
250 employees are 50% of the UK market. 
In our view there is room for further market 
consolidation to create scale rental players 
able to deliver efficiency benefits for 
customers, and enhanced returns  
to shareholders. 

HSS is at the forefront of many of the 
next-generation market initiatives identified  
by the ERA and other market reports including 
online investment – where we have continued 
to invest in our market-first, mobile-enabled, 
fully transactional and award-winning web 
platform www.hss.com. The ERA also notes 
that rental companies in the UK are reacting 
to ongoing price pressure with projects to 
optimise fleet utilisation – again, HSS has 
continued to evolve our network over a 
number of years, centralising engineering for 
capital and operational efficiency. We continue 
to review and refine our operating model.
 Find out more about Our Marketplace 12

Our strategy
Our strategy continues to be centred on  
three priorities, which are inherent to the 
creation of long-term shareholder value 
through a strong focus on the scalable 
benefits of operational and capital efficiency 
and enhanced customer service. 

1
Win new, and deepen existing,  
customer relationships 
We made good progress in our key accounts 
over the year, benefiting specifically from  
a major contract win with infrastructure 
company, Amey, which we mobilised in the 
first quarter of 2016, as well as strong growth 
in our larger strategic accounts. Many of 
these organisations increasingly see HSS 
as a one-stop-shop for equipment hire both 
via our core offering and through our specialist 
brands such as UK Platforms and our power 
generation brands Apex in Scotland and 
ABird in England and Wales. We also manage 
complex supply chains on behalf of larger 
customers through our Managed Service 
Provider offering, where we deploy our 
systems and people to manage volume  
and duration of hire and decrease supply 
costs over time. 

Services revenue growth was strong in the 
year, particularly in our rehire operation, HSS 
OneCall, and in our leading health and safety 
training business, HSS Training, which now 
operates from 46 centres nationwide and 
delivers over 250 different courses which 
complement our equipment offering. We  
also saw strong growth in our Irish business 
across all customer groups. In addition, we 
continued to move our specialist businesses 
forward following the large fleet investment 
made over the last few years.

We were however impacted in the year by 
a lack of growth in our medium-sized and 
smaller customers, due principally to the 
impact of the extended implementation of the 
network changes which inhibited availability  
in some markets for short periods. With the 
most extensive branch network in the UK,  
and having completed a major period of 
change, we are now focused on ensuring 
customers have the best possible access  
to the equipment they need. 

2
Optimising our branch and  
distribution network 
In 2016 we started the programme to 
centralise and industrialise our high-volume 
engineering into a single National Distribution 
and Engineering Centre (NDEC). This facility 
consolidates repetitive processes into a 
production facility with rigorous quality and 
safety Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)  
and is supported by a retail-like logistics 
network for separate Branch and Customer 
Distribution Centre replenishment. We took a 
phased approach to the implementation and, 
as previously announced, actively delayed  
the original roll-out plan to incorporate our 
Scottish network in the first quarter of 2017. 
The longer implementation impacted our hire 
volumes in the second half of the year and the 
investment was a contributor to our profitability 
being lower than our original plans for the year.  
The roll-out is now complete – although we  
will continue to refine it – and we move to  
a period where we can focus on starting  
to deliver the efficiency and customer  
service benefits.

The NDEC is just part of a considerable 
programme of change across our network. 
We closed 18 underperforming branches in 
the year and consolidated older distribution 
centres into new purpose-built customer 
distribution facilities at Aberdeen, Treforest  
in South Wales and Cork, Ireland. Our latest 
consolidation is Bellshill in the central belt  
of Scotland, which will be fully operational  
in Q2 of this year.

This significant change created challenges  
but leaves HSS well positioned to benefit  
from the operational and capital efficiencies 
that are at the heart of the strategic rationale 
for the programme. 

3
Continued development and growth  
of our specialist businesses 
Our specialist businesses continued to benefit 
from investment during the year. Specifically, 
we opened two new strategically placed 
co-located depots, at Thurrock in East 
London and Iver in West London, to efficiently 
supply powered access, power generation 
and mini-plant – via a new relationship with 
Kubota – into the fast-moving and fast-
growing London markets. These depots 
concentrate engineering resource and create 
transport efficiencies, and we will continue to 
look for strategic sites for larger depots for our 
specialist businesses as we go forward, 
further consolidating our network. 

We have invested in our most recent 
acquisition, All Seasons Hire, our specialist 
heating ventilation and air conditioning 
business, expanding its depot reach to 
Scotland and Manchester during 2016  
and investing significantly in the fleet.  
The business continues to grow benefiting, 
as all our specialist brands do, from closer 
links to, and cross-selling opportunities from 
being part of, the HSS Group.

 Find out more about Our Business in Action 18

Our five strategic enablers
These three strategic priorities are driven  
by our values which are our customers’ 
requirements for safety, value, availability and 
support. It is also important that we consider 
each element of our plan in line with our five 
strategic enablers, set out below, which 
support continued business growth and 
shareholder value creation. These strategic 
enablers are identified by a series of icons 
throughout this Report to help with easy 
access to relevant information. 

1. Ensuring safe, sustainable  
working environments for  
colleagues and customers
Our RIDDOR frequency ratio – one measure 
of safety related to reportable accidents –  
was 0.40 in 2016. During the year an 
enhanced accident reporting system was 
implemented and our 2015 RIDDOR 
calculated using this system was 0.48, 
suggesting an improvement in safety year on 
year. We continue to put an emphasis on the 
ownership of safety from the Board through  
to every colleague. We also take seriously our 
commitment to sustainability and have made 
good progress throughout 2016 with our 
industry-leading refurbishment centre which 
extends the life of large assets – typically 
powered access – by up to five years, 
therefore contributing to a reduction in 
manufacturing emissions and contributing  
to the ‘circular economy’. 

 Find out more about Corporate Responsibility 34

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Despite operating in a 
fragmented and competitive 
marketplace, we have 
continued to grow our 
revenues and build market 
share through offering new 
and existing customers 
access to a broad range of 
well-maintained products  
and complementary 
value-adding services.

09

2. Deliver value and quality 
to our customers 
We continually strive to improve our customer 
experience, and measure it daily through 
customer feedback. In late 2016, while we 
continued to enjoy very high satisfaction 
scores, we saw some impact in our availability 
measures from the transformational changes 
made to our distribution and engineering 
network. Post-implementation we have 
moved into a continuous improvement phase 
to reduce the likelihood of any such impacts 
going forward. We underpinned our 
commitment to value with simplified pricing 
and our successful, everyday low price  
Trade Essentials range. 

3. Focus on profitability and growth
Despite operating in a fragmented and 
competitive marketplace, we have continued 
to grow our revenues and build market share 
by offering new and existing customers 
access to a broad range of well-maintained 
products and complementary value-adding 
services. During 2016 this did not translate into 
sufficient profit growth, due to the short-term 
impact that the operational changes had on 
our business. It is therefore appropriate that 
none of the Executive Directors are receiving  
a bonus in respect of 2016. Moving into 2017 
we have completed the implementation phase 
and have moved into one of continuous 
improvement, with a real focus on supporting 
profitable revenue growth with enhanced cost 
control to drive improved Group profitability. 

4. Drive availability and  
operational efficiency
The operational changes implemented during 
2016 were designed and implemented to 
enable us to drive improvements to our 
customer availability proposition, supporting 
our ‘delivering the kit you need, anytime, 
anywhere’ offer, which we believe sets us 
apart from our competitors. In 2016 these 
changes impacted performance as we 
moved through their implementation. We  
are now leveraging the experience gained 
from 2016 to refine and enhance our 
operations to ensure that we deliver the 
availability improvements targeted through 
operational and capital efficiency.

Executed effectively, our focus on profitability 
and growth, together with increased efficiency 
will enable us to improve our cash generation 
and de-leverage the business through 2017 
and beyond.

5. Invest in our colleagues
During the year we launched our formal talent 
management ‘stretch’ programmes, which 
invite colleagues at multiple levels within 
the business to study for management 
qualifications (typically from the Institute of 
Leadership and Management) to help them 
develop both personally and professionally,  
to the benefit of the individual and the Group. 
The first cohorts from this initiative – 
colleagues from across all business areas 
and all geographies – have now graduated 
from the programmes inspiring others  
to apply. 

Our Branches of Excellence programme is  
in operation throughout our core business, 
providing induction courses and ongoing 
training to colleagues across the network.  
In addition, we continually develop our 
colleagues’ skills in customer service as  
well as the technical and safety requirements 
of the roles they undertake every day. 

Our colleague engagement survey in June 
2016 showed high levels of engagement  
but also highlighted a number of areas for 
improvement. In particular we are now  
taking feedback from our colleagues more 
frequently and improving our communication 
with them. 

I would like to thank our colleagues for these 
great ideas and for the roles they individually 
play every day in building our business.

Find out more about our colleague training 
and engagement on page 36.

Outlook
Having completed a year of change, we  
are now concentrating on extracting the 
efficiencies that result from our investment 
and continuing the refinement of our operating 
model. This means maintaining a culture 
of continuous improvement to support our 
customer availability promise, but it also 
means a necessary and heavy focus on  
cost control, cash generation and delivering 
the operational and capital efficiencies which 
will determine future shareholder return.  
The trading environment remains competitive 
but we are well positioned to outperform our 
markets and to facilitate scalable growth in the 
medium term. We expect the benefits of the 
transformation and our sales plans to accrue 
in H2 17. 

John Gill 
Chief Executive Officer

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information10

Our Key Performance  
Indicators

Financial

KPI

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA 
and margin

Strategic  
enabler

Importance of KPI

FY16 performance

Track record

Simplest measure of the ongoing growth of 
the Group’s sales from which profits can be 
generated and shareholder value created.

£342.4m
+9.6%

See Financial Review 26

Widely recognised measure of profitability before 
amortisation, impacts of depreciation policies 
and capital structure (interest and tax) and 
exceptional costs. Metric also used in leverage 
and covenant calculations.

See Financial Review 26

£68.6m
20% margin

Adjusted EBITA 
and margin

Measure of profitability before amortisation,  
impacts of capital structure (interest and tax)  
and exceptional costs.

£20.5m
6.0% margin

See Financial Review 26

Growth

£342.4m 9.6%

£312.3m

9.7%

£284.6m

25.5%

Margin

£68.6m

20.0%

£71.0m

22.7%

£71.1m

25.0%

£20.5m

£20.3m

Margin

6.0%

6.5%

£31.2m

11.0%

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

Adjusted EPS 
(diluted)

Measure of adjusted profitability per share. Widely 
recognised measure of shareholder value (profit) 
being generated by a business excluding non-
recurring or exceptional items and amortisation and 
after charging the prevailing rate of corporation tax. 

See Financial Review 26

2.94p
(0.26p) per share

FY16

2.98p

FY15

3.20p

FY14

8.37p

Return on Capital 
Employed (ROCE)

Measure of the return-generating ability of 
the business adopted at the direction of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

9.7%
FY15: 11.2%

FY16

9.7%

FY15

11.2%

See Financial Review 26

FY14

23.1%

Leverage

Measure of net debt present in the business, 
expressed as a multiple of Adjusted EBITDA.

See Financial Review 26

3.2x
FY15: 3.1x

Fleet investment

Measure of investment in hire fleet.  
Excludes assets acquired through acquisition.

See Financial Review 26

£27.3m
(58.0%)

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

3.2x

3.1x

4.5x

£27.3m

£65.0m

£71.9m

Strategic enablers

Ensure safe, 
sustainable working 
environments for 
colleagues and 
customers

Deliver value and 
quality to our 
customers

Focus on profitability 
and growth

Drive availability  
and operational 
efficiency

Invest in our 
colleagues

Denotes key performance 
indicators which are  
considered when assessing 
FY16 Executive Director 
remuneration (see page 54)

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201611

42

36

25

50%

48%

47%

75%

76%

70%

£8.7k

£8.1k

£7.7k

0.40

0.48

0.50

36

43

42

4.1

4.3

4.3

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

FY16

FY15

FY14

Strategic  
enabler

Importance of KPI

FY16 performance

Track record

Performance

KPI

Net Promoter 
Score (NPS) Score

Utilisation (Core)

Utilisation 
(Specialist)

Third-party survey of how likely customers are to 
‘promote’ HSS. The score shown for each year 
is for the last research wave completed in each 
year. A higher score indicates a better customer 
experience. The benchmark for industrial services 
from our provider, TNS, is 12.

See Corporate Responsibility 34

Useful measure as to how effectively we have 
employed capital invested in our Core hire fleet. 
Assessed over the last 12 months. Should be 
considered in tandem with ROCE to assess 
whether assets are being profitability deployed.

See Financial Review 26

Useful measure as to how effectively we have 
employed capital invested in our Specialist hire 
fleet. Assessed over the last 12 months. Should 
be considered in tandem with ROCE to assess 
whether assets are being profitability deployed.

See Financial Review 26

42
FY15: 36 

50%
+2pp

75%
(1pp) 

Average revenue 
per account 
customer

Measure of the average customer spend with  
the Group in each financial year. Useful measure  
of value generated per customer from which we  
can generate shareholder returns.

£8.7k
FY15: £8.1k

See Financial Review 26

Responsibility

KPI

RIDDORs

Strategic  
enabler

Importance of KPI

FY16 performance

Track record

Widely recognised measure of safety in the 
workplace. Safety is at the heart of how  
HSS operates. 

0.40
FY15: 0.48(1)

See Corporate Responsibility 34

Carbon emissions 
in our built 
environment  
(kg CO2 per m2)

As we pursue our local branch roll-out strategy we 
recognise we have the duty to do so in a manner 
where our impact on the environment is minimised. 
We therefore track our carbon emissions per m2.

36
FY15: 43

See Corporate Responsibility 34

Training days  
per colleague

People are at the heart of our Service offerings.  
With training we can ensure that colleagues are best 
prepared to help our customers in their projects. 

4.1 days
FY15: 4.3 days

See Corporate Responsibility 34

(1)  Due to the introduction of an enhanced accident reporting system in 2016, historical figures have been restated to be comparable.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information12

Our Marketplace

Our market
HSS is a leading tool, equipment hire and related 
services provider operating in a growing business 
sector. Total turnover for the UK tool and equipment 
hire market is estimated to be in the region of £5.7bn 
in 2016, representing estimated growth of 2.8% from 
2015. The market is highly fragmented with over 3,800 
registered companies, the vast majority of which employ 
less than 50 staff and are therefore most likely to focus 
on serving their local and regional geographies.
Construction-related customers (residential, non-residential and 
infrastructure) are estimated to account for c. 60% of all UK equipment 
hire market revenues. The service and industrial sectors constitute  
the remainder of the market.

The Group’s main customer groups are in the facilities management, 
retail operations, commercial fit-out, property, utilities and waste, 
infrastructure and energy supply services sectors. We also work 
with charities, government entities, house builders and construction 
contractors.

The ERA notes that the ‘UK market is relatively concentrated’ but this 
is in contrast to the fragmented and less mature markets of continental 
Europe. It estimates that the larger rental players with between 50 
and 250 employees are 50% of the UK market. In our view there is 
room for further market consolidation to create scale rental players 
able to deliver further efficiency benefits for customers, and enhanced 
returns to shareholders. 

Our position in the market
We provide customers with a wide range 
of equipment ranging from kit we own, 
which includes smaller tools and equipment, 
specialist heating and cooling equipment and 
larger high-value equipment such as powered 
access and power generators, to equipment 
we don’t own, such as plant, which we 
typically rehire on our customers’ behalf. 

As a Group we are more focused on serving 
the fit-out, maintenance and operation of the 
built environment segments of the market than 
the construction segments, although we do 
provide some support to this area. 

Through HSS OneCall, our rehire operation, 
we provide diggers and dumpers and plant  
for ground-up construction through a simple 
one-stop-shop model. Our UK Platforms  
and ABird and Apex generator businesses 
also support a wide-range of construction 
environments and our Trade Essentials 
range is aimed at local tradespeople who 
move between building and maintenance 
of local domestic and commercial premises. 

Within the non-construction segment of 
the market we benefit from strong customer 
propositions such as our Reintec business, 
where we offer hire, sales and service of 
cleaning equipment through to our Managed 
Service Provider (MSP) offer where we 
manage complex supply chains for some 
of our largest customers, often using HSS 
OneCall to supplement our hire fleet offering. 

Taken as a whole, the Group is estimated 
to be the second largest operator in the UK 
Market share 2016
tool and equipment rental market, with a 
c. 6% share of this highly fragmented and 
competitive marketplace. The top five largest 
revenue businesses are estimated to account 
for c. 24% of the market with the remainder 
of the market split between a large number 
5.7
of small local and regional suppliers. 

75.5

7.0

6.0

3.6

We believe the Group is the second largest 
provider of temporary power generation and 
distribution equipment in the UK, as well as 
being the second largest provider of powered 
access equipment.

2.2

Ashtead Group plc
(UK Revenue)

HSS Hire Group plc

Speedy Hire plc
(UK Revenue)

VP plc (UK Revenue)

Lavendon Group plc
(UK Revenue)

Others
(includes regional 
and local independents)

Source: Calculated from publicly reported financial 
accounts for each business using the latest available 
12 months of reported revenue divided by the ERA 
estimate of the total market size in 2016

Number of rental companies by 
employees size group 2013

Market share 2016

> 250 employees  18

50–249 employees

 76

1–49 employees

3,753 

Source: European Rental Association (ERA) 2016 
Equipment Rental Industry Report

75.5

7.0

6.0

5.7

3.6

2.2

Ashtead Group plc
(UK Revenue)

HSS Hire Group plc

Speedy Hire plc

(UK Revenue)

VP plc (UK Revenue)

Lavendon Group plc

(UK Revenue)

Others

(includes regional 

and local independents)

Source: Calculated from publicly reported financial 

accounts for each business using the latest available 

12 months of reported revenue divided by the ERA 

estimate of the total market size in 2016

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201613

Market prospects
Rental turnover increased by an estimated 
2.8% in 2016, and is expected to grow by 
1.9% in 2017 and 3.1% in 2018. 

Political uncertainty has had an impact on  
the industry’s growth expectations, with the 
unknown effects of the Brexit vote leading  
the European Rental Association (ERA) to 
revise their 2016 forecasts down from the 
levels previously published in their 2015 
Market Report.

The ERA reports that larger rental companies 
are reacting to increasing pressure on hire 
rates by streamlining fleets and driving the 
utilisation of their core rental fleets.

They also note that rental companies 
are reorganising their depot networks to 
realise operational efficiency, service quality 
and control of logistic costs. HSS is at the  
forefront of these developments in the UK.

Our resilience in this market is underpinned  
by serving a diverse set of customers, from 
consumers to blue-chip organisations, and, 
importantly, the ability to supply more of their 
equipment needs, through both our own 
complementary brands and the efficient, 
one-stop-shop rehire of other providers’ 
assets. Frequently, we are a major channel  
to market for many of these members of our 
supply chain and our customers benefit from 
one point of contact and contract. 

How we go to market
Our operation can be divided into two broad 
segments: Rental and Services.

Rental
This includes the hire of all of our owned 
equipment, ranging from small tools and 
equipment through to large powered access 
and generators through our UK Platforms 
and ABird/Apex businesses respectively. 
This includes the provision of directly related 
elements such as transport.

Services 
This includes the provision of specialist 
complementary services to our customers. 
The largest of these is rehire through our 
HSS OneCall business where we source 
equipment, most of which we do not own, 
for our customers. This can be on an ad-hoc 
basis or as part of a wider supply contract 
where we offer a one-stop-shop to our 
customers to drive efficiencies by managing 
the entire hire process and all associated 
administration. We also offer over 250 
specialist courses nationwide through  
our HSS Training business. 

Market drivers
Renting equipment offers significant 
advantages for customers compared 
with ownership, particularly the opportunity 
to outsource the time-consuming 
management and administration associated 
with equipment fleets. Recognition of this 
led to the development of our Managed 
Service Provider (MSP) offer where we 
manage complex supply chains for some 
of our largest customers, often using HSS 
OneCall to supplement our hire fleet offering.

The key benefits for customers of meeting 
their equipment needs through hire rather than 
ownership can be summarised as follows:

 → less large-scale capital outlay required  
for equipment purchases, particularly in 
times of uncertainty, such as those that  
now exist with Brexit;

 → access to a comprehensive range of  

well-maintained, ready-to-use equipment;

 → ‘just in time’ equipment supply, avoiding  

the costs of idle fleet; 

 → less exposure to variable and unpredictable 

credit market conditions;

 → lower costs for equipment storage, 
maintenance and transportation;

 → access to complementary support services 
from the rental company, such as our MSP 
offering; and

 → easier allocation and movement of 

equipment across the country/regions 
through rental company distribution 
networks.

The operational innovation and changes  
we have implemented through 2016 were  
all designed to improve our capital and 
operational efficiency. These changes enable 
us to drive increased fleet availability to better 
serve our customers with the right equipment 
in the right place at the right time to support 
their projects. 

UK equipment rental market

Total turnover (£m)

Growth (YOY)

10,000

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

4,852

4,906

5,438

5,432

5,585

5,739

5,847

6,026

2011A

2012A

2013A

2014A

2015E

2016E

2017F

2018F

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

-5%

-10%

-15%

-20%

-25%

-30%

Source: European Rental Association (ERA) 2016 Equipment Rental Industry Report, which includes 
revisions to all years post-2012.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information14

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

Our Business Model

We aim to maximise the utilisation of our hire fleet  
by ensuring it is well maintained, safe, serviced and 
available to our customers wherever and whenever 
they need it. Our operational network, comprising  
our Local Branches, Customer Distribution Centres 
(CDCs) and National Distribution and Engineering 
Centre (NDEC) allow us to deliver this value-creating 
business model.

Our values

Our focus is on what matters most to our 
customers

Build long-term 
relationships

Purchase and  
source products

Safety

Value

Availability

Support

Our strategic enablers

Guided by our values, our strategy is realised 
through a focus on our five strategic enablers:

Ensure safe, sustainable working 
environments for colleagues  
and customers

Deliver value and quality to  
our customers

Focus on profitability and growth

Drive availability and operational 
efficiency

Invest in our colleagues

Our strategic priorities

1

2

3

Win new customers and deepen  
existing customer relationships

Optimise our distribution and  
branch network

Continue the development and  
growth of our specialist businesses

Our customers  
We work with a wide range of 
customers from tradespeople to  
large businesses operating across 
the UK. At the heart of building and 
developing these relationships is 
recognition of what our customers  
value and our ability to innovate our 
service offerings to deliver mutually 
beneficial outcomes.

We invest in our hire fleet throughout 
the year, constantly reviewing product 
developments, customer demand and 
opportunities to refine our hire fleet 
offering. This includes assessing 
whether it would be more capital 
efficient to purchase hire fleet or source 
it through a trusted rehire provider.

> 90%

B2B customers

> 37,000

Live accounts

£133.9m

NBV of hire fleet

Our suppliers  
We work closely with leading 
equipment suppliers to source the 
broad range of tools and equipment 
that our customers rely on for their 
projects. The strength of these 
relationships has resulted in product 
innovation – including the development 
of our award-winning anti-entrapment 
device, Activ’ Shield, for our powered 
access fleet.

> 200

suppliers

Build the  
right team

Our people are at the heart of our 
business model, and key to the delivery 
of our leading customer service 
proposition. Our excellent customer 
appreciation levels testify to the skill, 
motivation and drive of our workforce 
at all levels within our business.

Our partners  
We have developed strong long-term 
relationships with other, typically 
specialist, plant and equipment hire 
businesses to support the rehire 
services we offer via HSS OneCall.  
This enables us to expand the range 
of products we offer our customers 
and drives sales for our partners.

42

NPS score

  Find out more  
Corporate Responsibility 34

  Find out more  
Our Board of Directors 42

> 350

partners

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

15

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

Deliver value

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

Customers  
Our business model is designed to make sure 
we deliver the right kit and services at the right 
time and in the right place for our customers, 
enabling them to focus 100% on their projects. 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

42

NPS score

Shareholders 
Our focus on enhanced operational and 
capital efficiency means we can increase 
profitability and drive shareholder returns.

£1.8m

Dividends to shareholders in 2016

Employees 
Through our training and development 
programmes, we offer our people continued 
personal development opportunities 
regardless of their gender, background  
or origin. 

59%

staff promoted internally

Society 
Equipment hire is inherently more sustainable 
than individual ownership of tools and 
equipment. By making our service offering 
increasingly cost effective and easy to use  
we are contributing directly to society.

50%

Discount for local charities and armed 
forces and emergency services personnel

Reinvest

Maximise equipment 
utilisation

Drive operational 
efficiency

We operate in a capital-intensive 
industry where it is important to drive 
asset utilisation, with sensible pricing 
control and discipline, to generate 
returns on our investment. The 
innovation in our operating model 
through 2016 is designed to help us 
further enhance our utilisation rates.

Through centralising our 
high-volume engineering 
activity into the NDEC and 
separating branch fulfilment 
from customer deliveries and 
collections we aim to drive 
further operational efficiency 
into the business.

50%

Core utilisation

75%

Specialist utilisation

  Find out more  
Financial Review 26

  Find out more  
Our Business in Action 18

Create added-value 
services

Drive capital  
efficiency

In addition to our core rental offering  
we have developed value-added 
services such as outsourced 
equipment management, specialist 
training courses and online 
e-commerce and reporting systems  
to support our customers.

> 250

industry recognised courses

  Find out more  
Our Business in Action 18

The efficient movement of  
our hire fleet from customers, 
through the NDEC and back 
to customers via our CDC  
and Branch Network enables 
us to target enhanced 
utilisation rates. Combined 
with the ‘recycling’ credentials 
of our refurbishment centre, 
this increases the returns  
we can generate on our 
capital investment. 

  Find out more  
Financial Review 26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delivering the 
equipment you 
need anytime, 
anywhere...

Refurbishment Centre

Local Branches

Customer Distribution Centre

Learn more 
Short videos giving you an overview of our Customer 
Distribution Centres, Local Branches and our  
e-commerce offering can be accessed by scanning  
the QR code to the right. 

To scan the QR code you will first need to download a QR 
reader on either the Apple App Store (for iOS devices) or 
Google Play (for Android devices) to your mobile device. 
Alternatively each of these videos can be accessed at  
www.hsshiregroup.com/news-resources/media-centre/.

Our Operational Model 
begins and ends with 
the customer

It is designed to underpin our commitment to ‘deliver the  
kit you need anytime, anywhere’ which is our customer 
promise. Kit is located ‘close to the customer’ ready for 
collection or delivery and replenished via a sophisticated 
retail-like network which drives capital efficiency. As all our 
equipment is tested, and repaired where necessary, prior to 
every hire, we have industrialised engineering of our high-
volume lines in our National Distribution and Engineering 
Centre to drive quality and operational efficiency with  
larger lines being maintained regionally. It all adds up to the 
capacity for instant, rapid response or planned delivery of  
the equipment our customers need, when they need it.

NDEC 
Industrialised 
engineering

Test & run
All products go through our test & 
run processes to ensure that each 
item is serviced, safe and fit for hire. 
This can range from visual 
inspection through to mechanical 
and electrical testing, on all 
equipment. High-volume products 
undertake this process at our 
NDEC. Any equipment failing test  
& run is then assessed for repair.

Network replenishment/
storage
Fit-for-hire equipment is moved 
back into the Local Branch and 
CDC network to maintain flexibility 
to address same day orders 
alongside next day orders. Slower 
moving goods, e.g. seasonal goods 
such as air conditioners, will be 
stored at the NDEC until such time 
demand patterns change.

Repair
Where equipment fails test & run we 
assess whether it is economic to 
repair or not. Equipment is then 
repaired on-site, unless it is covered 
by manufacturer warranty. To 
minimise waste, equipment 
identified as beyond repair is 
audited, before being sold as 
non-working or recycled. 

02

16

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

17

HSS ONECALL 
PARTNERS
One-stop-shop 
solutions

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

HIGH-VOLUME 
USED  
EQUIPMENT

HIGH-VOLUME 
FIT-FOR-HIRE 
EQUIPMENT

PICK UP  
EQUIPMENT

RETURN 
EQUIPMENT

COLLECT 
EQUIPMENT

DELIVER  
EQUIPMENT

Local Branch  
Network 
Click, call  
and collect

CDC network 
Instant and  
planned  
delivery

OPEN

CLICK

CALL  
BRANCH

VISIT  
BRANCH

Customers 
Order what you 
want where you 
want it

Orders received and picking
Customers place orders online, on 
the phone or in person for same or 
next day delivery/pick-up. Orders 
are picked from local inventory in 
Local Branches or CDCs, with 
flexibility to satisfy same day orders. 
Overnight fulfilment deliveries from 
NDEC return ready to hire 
equipment to our Local Branch  
and CDC network and address 
specific next day orders.

Return/Collect
Customers return equipment to  
our Local Branch Network or we 
collect equipment from customer 
sites and take them to our CDCs. 
High-volume returned tools and 
equipment are collected daily from 
both locations and transported to 
our NDEC.

Pick up/Delivery
Customers collect equipment from 
Local Branch locations convenient 
to them or equipment is delivered  
to customers sites from CDCs.

Specialist 
depot network 
Nationwide 
coverage

REFURBISHMENT 
CENTRE
Waste  
reduction

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

Our Business  
in Action

We support our customers and their projects across 
the breadth of the UK and Ireland. The following pages 
give an overview of the variety of sectors we serve,  
the exceptional service and products we constantly 
seek to deliver, and examples of how we invest in  
our colleagues and work to reduce our impact on  
the environment.

Outstanding 
training for 
a leading 
recruitment 
provider

HSS Training?  
Their service has 
been superb. It’s 
been absolutely 
everything I’ve 
wanted from  
day one.

Gary Watson  
Minstrell Recruitment

It’s good to know that your service to clients has been 
exemplary. Particularly when the clients are themselves  
a service operation.

HSS Training supplies all the training needs of Minstrell 
Recruitment, one of the UK’s leading recruitment 
specialists in the construction, engineering and  
facilities management sectors. Gary Watson, training & 
apprenticeship manager for this nationwide recruitment 
company, knows good service when he sees it.

Gary recruits for every role you can think of in construction 
– from groundworkers to site managers. And as all 
construction employees now need technical and safety 
accreditation, HSS Training smooth out any wrinkles in  
the recruitment process.

Gary confirms: “HSS organise training and the necessary 
certificates and qualifications with great insight and skill 
once they know our requirements. If new recruits need  
to take an accredited course, they’ll organise it for us.

“Their organisation and scope is outstanding. With 250 
training centres nationwide, an excellent selection of 
courses and a great attitude to client service, if we require 
anything that’s not there, they’ll sort it out immediately.

“As well as that, all their prices are spot on. In the 3 years 
I’ve dealt with them, it’s been a completely pain-free 
relationship.”

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

19

What I like about 
HSS Training is  
their can and will  
do attitude.
Caroline O’Connor  
Engie

As well as being a global player in power and energy supply and 
distribution, Engie is a major supplier of maintenance and facilities 
support to industry, utility companies, defence and aerospace 
contractors, telecoms and transport services. 

With 16,000 UK employees, a team of five training admin staff, 
and up to 400 different types of training to organise Caroline 
O’Connor, Engie’s learning and development admin manager, 
needs all the support she can get from her training partners. 

HSS Training has given her that support for the last ten years. 

“They’re very reliable. They organise everything with no fuss,  
and everything is dealt with quietly and efficiently.

“80% to 90% of what we do is outsourced, and we often have to 
organise training in courses that we’ve never come across before.

“HSS Training often acts as our research service. They listen 
carefully to what we need, and help us to find the more  
obscure courses.

“What I really admire is their resolve, and determination to solve 
problems. If something goes wrong, they’re upfront and open 
about it.

“We have very demanding clients – companies like BMW, EDF 
and government departments such as the DWP. The last thing  
I need is for clients to let us know about problems and setbacks  
in our training and procedures that we didn’t know about.

“With HSS Training, one call seems to solve everything.  
They’re very reliable, very good at what they do, and we’ll 
continue to put a lot of business their way for all these reasons.”

Training 
support for a 
global player 
in power and 
energy supply

Heroes of hire

Celebrating exceptional colleagues across the HSS Hire 
Group and our commitment to the community.

  Find out more at heroesofhire.com

Business Unit of the Month:  
UK Platforms 
‘HBP hired two MEWPS, deliveries were fast and 
efficient. Repairs were arranged with no hassle. 
Phil Carter was a big help, and often sent courtesy 
emails and calls to ensure everything was okay with 
hire. Highly recommended.’

Branch Winner:  
Gateshead 
‘Tony at the Gateshead store was lovely and very 
helpful, we needed the goods the next day and it was 
done with no hassle. Would definitely use HSS again 
for all our hire needs.’

Business Unit Winner:  
Reintec 
‘Richard Wakeley our account manager and his 
engineer Kevin are both very helpful and provide us 
with an excellent service that can’t be faulted. If all 
our suppliers gave the same service we wouldn’t 
experience some of the problems we tend to get.  
Well done and thank you.’

Branch Winner:  
Kenley
‘A straightforward and knowledgeable service 
provided with a friendly attitude. Staff in the branch 
had my hire ready to go and in good order. The 
paperwork was simple and gives good information 
with on/off hire dates. What else does a person hiring 
plant need? Nothing.’

Customer Delighter of the Month:  
Mark Carlton Hyde,  
Driver at Wrexham
‘Delivery and collection were on time and the driver 
was extremely helpful in offloading the goods. 
The tools were used for a charity project at Hope 
House Children’s Hospice and they and all of the 
Redrow Graduates are extremely grateful to HSS for 
organising the equipment, many thanks.’

Business Unit Winner:  
Lauren Keough, HSS OneCall 
‘We had a complicated and multi-faceted order to 
process with a quick turnaround required. Lauren 
was extremely helpful and endeavoured to deliver 
everything we required, as a result we are enjoying 
a successful and efficient installation. Thank you 
Lauren for your hard work.’

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20

Our Business in Action
Continued

Flexible, 24/7 
support

When Arcus Facilities Management 
took on the new cleaning contract for 
all 51 Sainsbury’s stores in Scotland, 
they faced a few big challenges. 

Not least, the fact that a different 
approach to cleaning required a new 
24/7 operations schedule, adaptable 
specialised equipment for Sainsbury’s 
individually designed stores, and an 
intensive training programme for  
200 staff across 35 locations.

“Amazing flexibility” is how Derek 
describes it. “Reintec substituted  
43 individual pieces of equipment for 
us within the first five months of our 
contract starting in October 2016.

“Because of the new demands of the 
contract, and the individual nature  
of Sainsbury’s stores, we needed  
a constant supply of bespoke 
equipment. Only Reintec were flexible 
enough to offer us this service.

“They replaced equipment within  
24 hours when it wasn’t suitable  
for specific locations and tasks.  
And best of all, there were no capital 
costs involved.

“They’ve been fantastic. And they 
offer great value for money!”

In one week, HSS Reintec made  
it happen. 

A dedicated team of trainers, the 
supply and mobilisation of over  
200 large and small scrubber dryers 
and a follow up programme of daily 
reporting, 24/7 call out support and 
client feedback were all put in place 
by Reintec.

But what really impresses facilities 
specialist Derek Quinn is the fact  
that no equipment capital costs  
were involved. 

Award-winning 
employer initiative 

Celebrating exceptional colleagues across the HSS Hire 
Group and our commitment to the community.

  Find out more at hsscareers.co.uk

Award-winning employer brand initiative
During 2016 we focused on enhancing colleague 
engagement, completing a thorough rebrand of colleague-
facing materials to create a strong brand concept that 
reflects our values, and the opportunities we offer. 

Award-winning results 
The new branding was introduced across our recruitment 
materials including the careers website and social media 
channels. We created new designs, photography 
and dynamic content to illustrate what it’s like to work at 
HSS. This was then extended to all applicable touch points 
for our existing colleagues, including benefits literature 
and internal communications materials. These pieces 
help to inform colleagues of the benefits and progression 
opportunities available to them. Our employer branding 
won the Best Employer Brand Award at The Drum’s 
Recruitment Business Awards 2016, ahead of national 
companies such as Asda, Costa and House of Fraser. 

Longer-term goals 
The new branding will develop further throughout 
2017, creating a recognisable look to all colleague-
facing materials. During early 2017 we have focused 
on our female colleagues in the build-up to International 
Women’s Day on 8 March, highlighting the diversity 
of our workforce, and the support, progression and 
benefits we offer female colleagues. 

We’re cleaning all 
Sainsbury’s stores  
in Scotland with no 
capital outlay on new 
equipment. Reintec gave 
us the flexibility to do it.
Derek Quinn in partnership  
with Arcus 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201621

Making 
equipment 
available 
for a world 
leader in rail 
engineering

Atkins is, amongst their many other capabilities, a world 
leader in rail engineering, maintaining and developing 
current networks as well as implementing new projects. 
Phil Johnston is a facilities manager for Atkins, working  
in Cornwall on projects for Network Rail including vital 
signalling renewal and level crossing engineering 
improvements. 

His take on HSS Hire is simple: “I use them because of the 
quality of their kit, their service and the good relationships  
I enjoy with my HSS contacts.”

Phil has come to rely on the availability of equipment  
from HSS: “Atkins have a lot of the equipment I need, but 
it’s often in exactly the wrong place at the time I need it.  
One call to HSS, and I normally get anything I order the 
next day.”

This could include all kinds of drills, various types of 
scaffolding or storage facilities. But the one thing that Phil 
singles out is the engineering standard of the equipment 
HSS supply: “Usually brand new kit, but more importantly, 
it’s tested and reliable. 

“I haven’t been let down by untested kit with HSS, unlike 
other suppliers I could mention, who might be a touch 
cheaper, but don’t have HSS’s commitment to quality.”

HSS supply us  
with anything and 
everything we  
need to maintain  
a rail network.
Phil Johnston  
Atkins

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information22

Our Business in Action
Continued

Our Refurb Centre 
extending the life  
of our kit

Opened in late 2015, our purpose-built 36,000 sq. ft. 
refurbishment centre in Manchester provides an 
innovative and industry leading approach to equipment 
refurbishment and has significantly increased our 
capacity to extend the life of machines and drive an 
efficient use of capital.

1

3

2

9

12

11

10

8

4

6

7

5

The main items that we refurbish are boom lifts, scissor 
lifts and larger generators. As a minimum we aim to extend 
the useful life of every machine by at least five years. 

Working closely with our supplier partners and equipment 
manufacturers, the major mechanical, electrical and 
hydraulic components on equipment can be fully 
overhauled, refurbished or replaced to manufacturer 
approved specifications, at a lower cost than buying a 
brand-new machine. In addition to increasing our capital 
efficiency, this means that there is less wastage of raw 
materials in machines. 

Operated on manufacturing and production principles 
with particular consideration for the environment, the 
refurbishment centre is consistent with our declared 
values of equipment safety, quality and sustainability 
through engineering excellence.

1

2

Goods in  
Equipment collected or delivered from 
the network is unloaded and undergoes 
a basic function test to confirm no major 
equipment issues. 

Strip down and assessment 
Engineers strip and assess the 
equipment removing stickers and  
parts whilst inspecting the electrical  
and mechanical components to  
confirm the work required to complete 
refurbishment. Units are then moved  
to a specialist external partner for  
media blast (e.g. shot) and painting.

5

6

Scissor lift refurbishment 
This area is specifically for the 
refurbishment of our scissor lift products 
with major mechanical and electrical 
components being refurbished or 
replaced. Equipment includes hydraulic 
lifting and trestles for safe and 
comfortable working. 

Boom lift refurbishment  
The engineering team complete 
refurbishment and final assembly of our 
Booms range in a dedicated area which 
includes hydraulic hose preparation  
and component cleaning equipment.

9

10

Goods out 
Once final inspection is passed, 
equipment is transported back to  
a customer depot and immediately 
available for customer hire.

Communications cell 
This is a colleague engagement  
and team communications area for 
operational performance review and 
planning to support effective operations.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201623

If we have an 
urgent need for 
specialised 
equipment, they’ll 
move heaven and 
earth to get it.
Clair Bone  
MSS Clean Technology

A readily 
available range 
of equipment

When you are in the business of building clean and controlled 
environments for leading biotech, electronics and healthcare 
companies, the quality of your hired-in tools and equipment  
is important. As is the quality of the service you expect from  
your suppliers. 

For Clair Bone, administration manager at York-based specialist 
MSS Clean Technology, HSS scores highly on both points.

The range and availability of the equipment Clair hires for  
sites all over the UK is a top priority too. As is the fact that all  
the kit delivered to what will be high-tech, highly controlled 
environments needs to be safe, modern, clean and  
well serviced.

“The staff in our local HSS office are incredibly impressive. We 
run our sites nationwide using just them and the HSS national 
network they’re plugged into”, says Clair. She goes on: “They’re 
extremely reliable and helpful, and if they say it can be done, it will 
be done.

“If I have to get hold of specialist equipment quickly, the HSS 
OneCall service always seems to find it and deliver it whenever 
and wherever it’s needed. And if some of our staff need special 
training in materials handling or site technology, HSS Training 
simply steps in and supplies it.

“Also, once equipment goes off-hire, it’s important to us that it’s 
collected quickly. HSS take equipment off-site as and when the 
hire period is complete. They often make four or five collection 
visits to a site in a week! That’s exceptional for an equipment hire 
company. But then, the service we get from HSS is exceptional.” 

3

4

Overhead lifting 
Overhead cranes have been installed to 
enable the safe movement of heavy 
equipment or components e.g. large 
generator sets or the top section of 
boom lifts within the refurbishment area.

Power generation refurbishment 
This is a designated area for the 
refurbishment of power generation 
equipment and as such includes 
dedicated facilities for engine build  
and external extraction equipment.

7

8

Product staging  
Equipment that comes back from  
being painted is stored with the 
associated parts and then fed into  
the refurbishment production against  
a weekly production schedule.

Final inspection 
Final inspection of equipment,  
including operational testing, takes  
place here. All refurbishment work 
undertaken is recorded against each 
piece of equipment’s asset record  
for future reference.

11

12

Production planning 
Daily management of all workshop 
activity to include weekly production 
schedule and product movement.

Visitor gallery 
Location which gives visitors, such as 
suppliers or colleagues, a bird’s eye view 
of the entire centre allowing us to explain 
the refurbishment process and the many 
purpose-designed features in the facility.

We love the fact that  
our customers and 
colleagues find it very 
difficult to tell the 
difference between  
new and fully 
refurbished machines.
Michael Pearce  
Refurbishment Engineer 
Manager

Moving into a purpose-
built centre has enabled 
us to design the layout 
from scratch thereby 
increasing our  
efficiency and doubling 
our capacity.
Amy Jagger  
Refurbishment Engineer

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information24

Our Business in Action
Continued

Next day 
delivery, around 
the country

HSS? They’re 
everything you’d 
expect and more.  
I can’t fault them at all.
Mark Schofield  
Atkins

As a senior facilities and logistics manager with Atkins, 
Mark Schofield has no time to micromanage suppliers. 
“I’m all around the country from day to day, setting up sites 
for rail and infrastructure projects. My office is my car.

“I get a list of requirement from my site managers – 
including drills, cutters, lifts, scaffolding, generators, 
shelter, fuel – and with one call to my main HSS contact  
in Cardiff, I know it will be there.

“It’s very rare that they can’t deliver the next day. I’ve never 
been disappointed by them. ‘Just in time’, ‘Where the 
hammer hits the anvil’ – however you want to put it, they 
get the equipment to my sites, fully serviced, checked, 
documented and working, right there at the point of 
impact, when it’s needed.”

Moving from Cornwall, to Kent, to Surrey to 
Wolverhampton, Mark faces endless pressure to  
come up with equipment nationwide. He cannot  
praise HSS enough for their network and the availability  
of their equipment – even noting that if they don’t have  
the exact gear, they’ll source an alternative – often  
higher spec – but still supply it at the same price.  
“They stand by their pricing.”

As Mark says, “When you’re looking for honesty,  
straight dealing, extremely good service and flexibility,  
with HSS you’re pushing at an open door.”

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201625

Partnerships in the 
UK and abroad

Essential business 
support

Blackrow Engineering are specialists in equipment for the food 
processing industry.

For example, this Grimsby-based company makes and installs  
the dual hot water jacketed pipes that keep Thornton’s Chocolate 
liquid as it flows into moulds, the rice cookers for Kellogg’s cereal 
products such as Rice Krispies, as well as the trial production lines 
for Walkers Crisps.

But for Richard Hudson, Blackrow procurement manager, HSS Hire 
is the really essential ingredient for his day-to-day operations.

“We use pretty much everything that HSS offer. Power, safety gear, 
extractors, powered access, general tools, cutters, lifting and high 
access gear, plus small and large plant of all types. They’re our 
one-stop shop for all hired in and specialist equipment.

“We install our machinery all over the UK. Their network helps 
massively. Because wherever you’re working on an installation, you 
can stand outside the factory front door and more or less touch a 
local HSS branch. We also use them for their partnerships abroad, 
and they are very supportive of our overseas operations.

“I really rate their customer service and their extreme helpfulness. 
They’re very knowledgeable about their products, and keep me up 
to date on what’s available to help our operations run as smoothly 
and efficiently as possible.

“They understand the pressures of our business. Their online 
real-time ordering service is brilliant too – it takes away the stress  
of hiring equipment for me. I have a very good relationship with my 
HSS team, and we’ve developed a very good rapport. There’s a  
real interaction. It’s like dealing with really knowledgeable friends!”

UK Platforms are the HSS powered access specialists. Working at 
height is one of the most closely regulated and dangerous areas of 
construction, and UK Platforms has one of the largest fleets of safe, 
fully serviced, and up to date lifts, booms, platforms and masts in 
the UK.

For Martin Hannan, buyer at Ashford Cladding, UK Platforms are 
simply an essential part of his business. He is completely reliant on 
the range of equipment that UK Platforms supply – like many UK 
industrial roofing and cladding sub-contractors, his company holds 
little or no height access equipment itself. 

“Their range of equipment is superb – up to 20 metres in height,  
they can’t be beat. They’ve got everything.

“We have nine jobs on the go at the moment. From the biggest job 
we’ve ever done, a Waste to Energy site in Hull, that needs the 
biggest scissor lifters and booms that we’ve ever had to deal with,  
to smaller but still considerable jobs in Birmingham, Wetherby,  
and Skegness.

“If we had to buy and service the access equipment for all of it we’d 
have an inventory to rival UK Platforms themselves!’

When asked about the attitude and customer support he gets from 
UK Platforms, Martin is a man of few, but telling words. 

“Availability of equipment? Customer support? Value for money? 
National network? All ten out of ten. Their speed of delivery is spot 
on too, as is the relationship we have with our local UK Platform  
reps and senior management.

“When we need powered access to work at height, whatever we 
need and wherever it is, it’s there when we need it.

“And that’s all that I can ask for.”

The food industry is extremely 
time-critical. HSS Hire keeps  
our operations up to speed.
Richard Hudson Blackrow Engineering 

I pick up the phone and it’s  
there – you can’t get much 
better than that.
Martin Hannan Ashford Cladding 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information26

Financial Review

2016 was a year of significant 
change, laying down the 
foundations for improved 
customer experience  
and shareholder returns.
Paul Quested 
Finance Director

Revenue

£342.4m
2015: £312.3m

Adjusted EBITDA

£68.6m
2015: £71.0m

Operating profit /(loss)

(£2.7m)
2015: £6.8m

Adjusted EBITA

£20.5m
2015: £20.3m

Adjusted EPS (diluted)

Reported EPS (basic and diluted)

2.98p
2015: 3.20p

(11.18p)
2015: (9.86p)

Core LTM utilisation

Specialist LTM utilisation

50%
2015: 48%

75%
2015: 76%

Overview
I am pleased to be writing my first report 
as Chief Financial Officer of HSS Hire Group 
plc. 2016 has been a year of significant 
change for the Group, setting up our new 
operating model with central distribution 
and engineering capability. The scale and 
complexity of this change has required 
considerable investment and impacted on 
performance.

Since joining the business in August, I have 
taken the opportunity to meet colleagues, 
customers and suppliers. This has reinforced 
that the changes made in 2016 and the early 
part of 2017 will enhance and differentiate our 
customer service through greater availability.

Whilst performance in 2016 is not where it 
should be, I remain confident that leveraging 
this investment in the future will deliver 
improved sustainable returns. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201627

Financial highlights

£m

Rental

Services

Group

Revenue

2015

2016

Contribution(1)

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

Adjusted EBITA(2)

Operating profit(2)

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

£262.8m £262.9m
£49.5m

£79.6m

£342.4m £312.3m

£179.4m £182.1m
£6.1m

£10.3m
£189.7m £188.2m

£68.6m

£71.0m

£20.5m £20.3m

(£2.7m)

£6.8m

(1) Contribution is defined as revenue less cost of sales (excluding depreciation and exceptional items), distribution costs and directly attributable costs (for each segment).
(2) These measures are not reported on a segmental basis because branch and selling costs, central costs and exceptional items (non-finance) are allocated centrally rather 

than to each reportable segment.

Revenue
Group revenue grew 9.6% to £342.4m (2015: 
£312.3m) significantly ahead of the UK tool 
and equipment hire market growth rate of 
2.8% for 2016 as estimated by the ERA. 
The main drivers of this result were: 

 → Continued strong growth in our Services 

revenues, up 60.8% year on year to 
£79.6m, mainly driven by performance 
in our rehire business, HSS OneCall, 
complemented with the continued 
development of our HSS Training business; 

 → Significant increases in revenues from Key 

Account customers, both new and existing, 
with headline revenues of £148.1m, 43.9% 
higher than in 2015. This includes revenue 
from a number of new customers including 
Amey; and

 → Rental and related revenues remained 
broadly flat, with growth amongst our 
specialist brands, whilst small and 
mid-sized customers of our core rental 
offering in particular were impacted  
through the second half of the year by 
the operational changes implemented.

Revenue and revenue growth is one of our 
KPIs (see pages 10 and 11) as, combined with 
estimates of market size and growth rates, 
it provides us with a measure of our evolving 
market share. Pleasingly we continued to 
grow revenues at a faster rate than the UK tool 
and equipment hire market, suggesting that 
we continued to increase our market share.

As detailed in the Chief Executive Officer’s 
Review, one of our three strategic objectives is 
to win new, and deepen existing, customer 
relationships. The simplest way to measure 
this is to review our average spend (revenue) 
per account customer. In 2016 average spend 

per account customer increased to £8.7k 
(from £8.1k in 2015), largely driven by strong 
growth in our Key Account customers, 
particularly new customers, during the year. 
This is one of our KPIs (see pages 10 and 11). 

Segmental performance 
Rental (and related revenues)
Our Rental revenues were flat year on year 
at £262.9m (FY15: £262.8m) and accounted 
for 76.8% of Group revenue (FY15: 84.2%). 
Performance in the second half of the year, 
particularly amongst our small and medium 
customers in England and Wales, was 
affected by the implementation of our 
new operating model. 

Contribution, defined as revenue less cost of 
sales (excluding depreciation and exceptional 
items), distribution costs and directly 
attributable costs of £179.4m was 1.5% lower 
year on year (FY15: £182.1m) reflecting the 
change in revenue mix and growth in costs 
as we worked through the implementation 
of our new operating model.

LTM core utilisation improved to 50% (2015: 
48%) and LTM specialist brand utilisation 
remained in the mid 70s at 75% (2015: 76%). 
These are both KPIs (see pages 10 and 11). 
Our utilisation rates remain at the top end of 
the industry range, with the performance of 
the core business being particularly pleasing 
given the seasonal nature of some kit and the 
availability issues in the second half.

In early Q1 17 we put in place sales plans 
to win back customers impacted by our 
operational changes and to reinvigorate and 
drive profitable growth amongst the smaller 
and regional accounts. This has included 
adding to our senior management team with 
the appointment of a Chief Commercial 
Officer to drive these initiatives.

Services
Services revenues increased 60.8% to 
£79.6m (FY15: £49.5m) and accounted for 
23.2% (FY15: 15.8%) of Group revenues. 
This was principally due to strong growth in 
HSS OneCall, but also due to the continued 
development of HSS Training. Our Services 
revenues benefited from existing and new  
Key Account contracts where our one- 
stop-shop offering has provided clear  
market differentiation.

Contribution from Services grew 68.2% 
to £10.3m (FY15: £6.1m), slightly ahead of 
the revenue growth rate, reflecting margin 
improvement achieved using the existing 
teams and infrastructure to support 
increased levels of activity.

Costs
Our cost analysis set out below is on a 
reported basis and therefore includes 
exceptional investment associated with 
our operating model change. Year on year 
variances driven by such costs are identified 
in the commentary. Our cost of sales 
increased by £24.3m (20.1%) during the year 
to £145.2m, mainly reflecting the growth in 
our Services revenues (principally HSS 
OneCall and HSS Training) and the associated 
third-party supply costs incurred to support 
this activity, together with £3.4m of exceptional 
costs relating to the implementation of the 
new operating model: £1.8m of NDEC parallel 
running and a £1.6m write down of resale 
stock. As part of the NDEC set-up and branch 
and distribution centre closures, inventory 
held for sale has been centralised into fewer 
locations. Based on the excess quantity and 
age profile of the consolidated inventory and 
a decision to streamline certain stock ranges, 
estimated future sales value is deemed to be 
lower than cost. Accordingly an impairment of 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016GovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther InformationOur Business and  Our Performance28

Financial Review  
Continued

£0.9m has been recognised within cost of 
sales. In addition, stock losses arising from the 
centralisation of resale stock and associated 
branch and distribution centre closures 
amounted to £0.6m which is also included 
within cost of sales.

Our distribution costs increased by £3.8m 
(9.1%) from £41.3m to £45.1m. This is largely 
due to the increased transport wages and 
vehicle related costs driven by the phasing in 
of the NDEC alongside the existing distribution 
network through 2016. Distribution costs 
in FY16 include £1.3m of exceptional costs 
relating to the NDEC, £1.1m of which relates 
to parallel running costs prior to Q4, and 
£0.2m of which relates to redundancy costs. 
As reported in our trading update in November 
2016, as we intentionally delayed the 
implementation of the new centralised 
operating model in Scotland to Q1 17.

Our administrative expenses grew 
£11.8m (8.2%) to £156.0m. Exceptional costs 
accounted for a £13.5m increase: £7.0m relate 
to the NDEC, with parallel running costs and 
project management, design and set-up 
costs accounting for the majority at £4.1m 
and £2.6m respectively; £4.5m relates to the 
recognition of onerous lease provisions in 
relation to branches closed during the current 
and previous years. These provisions 
represent the discounted value of future rent 
payments on properties we are not trading 
from until lease expiry; and £1.6m relates to 
the cost of implementing the cost reduction 
plan during the year, moving to a new 
divisional structure. Growth in administration 
costs was slightly reduced as a result of cost 
savings identified and implemented through 
the year.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITA
Our Adjusted EBITDA for 2016 was £68.6m, 
3.4% lower than in FY15 (£71.0m) reflecting the 
mix of revenue and costs of the new network 
from Q4, before the right sizing of the old 
network takes place to mitigate this increase. 
As a result, combined with the growth  
in group revenue, the Group’s Adjusted 
EBITDA margin for FY16 was 20.0% (FY15: 
22.7%). Adjusted EBITDA and margin are 
included in our KPIs (see pages 10 and 11).

Our Adjusted EBITA grew 1.0% to £20.5m 
(FY15: £20.3m). The small increase year on 
year reflects the positive contribution of our 
Services revenue growth offset by the parallel 
running costs of the network in the final 
quarter of 2016 at the point that these were 
no longer classed as exceptional. The 
Group’s resulting Adjusted EBITA margin 
was 6.0% (FY15: 6.5%). Adjusted EBITA and 
margin are included in our KPIs (see pages 
10 and 11).

Other operating income
Other operating income reflects the income 
received from the subletting of non-trading 
stores. This increased by £0.3m year on year 
as the portfolio of non-trading stores fully 
or partially sublet continued to evolve. We 
continually assess our portfolio to identify 
revenue opportunities or to pursue attractive 
lease surrender opportunities as and when 
they arise.

Operating profit/(loss)
Our operating profit decreased by £9.5m, 
from a £6.8m profit in FY15 to a £2.7m loss 
in FY16. The £8.5m growth in non-finance 
exceptional costs, to £17.0m (FY15: £8.5m), 
accounts for the majority of this decline. 

Finance costs 
Net finance expense (finance expenses less 
finance income) reduced £6.0m year on year 
to £14.7m (FY15: £20.7m). This reduction 
principally reflects the impact of the IPO and 
partial repayment of the senior secured notes 
in February 2015 and the associated £4.3m 
early redemption premium paid on the senior 
secured notes in 2015. The IPO resulted in the 
conversion of investor loan notes into equity, 
reducing the interest cost by £0.9m year on 
year and the partial redemption of the senior 
secured notes resulted in a £1.9m decrease 
in debt issue costs and a £0.4m decrease in 
interest from 2015 to 2016. Drawings on our 
RCF and finance leases increased during 
the year to finance the investment in the 
new operating model and this led to a small 
increase in the amount of interest payable 
on both. 

Taxation 
The Group generated a net tax credit of £0.1m 
in 2016 compared with a tax expense of 
£0.4m in 2015. The net tax credit in FY16 
reflects a tax charge for the Irish part of the 
business and a release of deferred tax liability 
relating to intangible assets caused by 
announced future reductions to the main rate 
of UK corporation tax. The FY15 tax charge 
principally reflected an Irish tax charge and 
release of a deferred tax asset in respect of the 
utilisation of prior year tax losses.

Reported and adjusted earnings 
per share
Our basic and diluted reported loss per share 
increased to 11.18p (FY15: 9.86p). This was 
due to the larger loss generated in the year, 
partially offset by an increase in the weighted 
average number of shares from 144.5m to 
155.1m shares. As a result of the placing 
completed in December 2016 the weighted 
average number of shares in issue will 
increase in FY17.

Our basic adjusted earnings per share, being 
profit before amortisation and exceptional 
costs less tax at the prevailing rate of 
corporation tax divided by the weighted 
average number of shares, decreased from 
3.20p in FY15 to 2.98p in FY16. Our diluted 
adjusted earnings per share, calculated in 
the same manner as basic adjusted earnings 
per share, but with the weighted average 
number of shares increased to reflect LTIP 
and Sharesave options, decreased from 
3.20p in FY15 to 2.94p in FY16. These reflect 
Adjusted EBITA growth and the broadly flat net 
finance costs in each period (pre exceptional 
finance costs) which was partially offset by 
the increase in the weighted average number 
of shares year on year. Adjusted EPS (diluted) 
is one of our KPIs (see pages 10 and 11) and is 
also used to assess Executive Director 
remuneration (see page 54).

Capital expenditure
Fixed asset additions in the year (excluding 
any assets acquired on acquisition) were 
£42.4m, a £41.6m or 49.5% decline year on 
year. Within this £27.3m was spent on hire 
fleet (2015: £65.0m) reflecting the managed 
reduction of spend in these areas after two 
years of significant expenditure. The remaining 
£15.1m was spent on non-hire additions 
(land, buildings, plant and machinery) 
(2015: £19.0m). The changes to the Group’s 
operating model implemented through 2016 
and the actions and initiatives underway in  
Q1 17 are designed to promote and support 
enhanced capital and operational efficiency 
across the Group. Executed effectively, this 
should require lower levels of growth capital 
expenditure to support further revenue 
growth, although this will vary depending 
on the evolution of the Group’s revenue mix 
and the asset categories which are being 
purchased. Fleet investment is one of our 
KPIs (see pages 10 and 11). 

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
Our ROCE for FY16 was 9.7% compared 
with 11.2% for FY15. ROCE is calculated as 
Adjusted EBITA divided by the total of average 
total assets (excluding intangible assets and 
cash) less average current liabilities (excluding 
current debt items). Whilst we grew Adjusted 
EBITA 1.0% year on year, the average capital 
employed by the Group increased 16.8% 
from the level calculated at the end of 2015, 
principally reflecting the full-year impact of 
significant fixed asset additions in FY15. 
This is one of our KPIs (see pages 10 and 11) 
and is also used to assess Executive Director 
remuneration (see page 54).

Cash generated from/utilised in 
operations
Cash generated from operations was £26.6m 
for FY16, an increase of £34.0m over the prior 
year (FY15: £7.4m cash utilised in operations). 
This reflects the planned reduction in hire  
fleet asset capital expenditure and the lower 
associated cash settlement compared 
with FY15. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016The changes to the 
Group’s operating model 
implemented through 
2016 and the actions  
and initiatives underway  
in Q1 17 are designed to 
promote and support 
enhanced capital and 
operational efficiency 
across the Group.

29

Leverage and net debt
Net debt (stated gross of issue costs) 
increased by £1.3m to £219.4m (FY15: 
£218.1m). This small increase reflects the 
significant investment in the new operating 
model during 2016 offset by the c. £13m 
equity placing completed in December 2016. 
As at 31 December 2016 the Group had 
access to £42.2 million of combined liquidity 
from available cash and undrawn committed 
borrowing facilities. Our leverage, calculated 
as net debt divided by Adjusted EBITDA, 
increased marginally from 3.1x in FY15 to 3.2x 
at the end of FY16. This was primarily due to 
the lower Adjusted EBITDA generated in FY16. 
Leverage or Net Debt Ratio is one of our KPIs 
(see pages 10 and 11) and is also used to 
assess Executive Director remuneration 
(see page 54).

Use of alternative performance 
measures to assess  
and monitor performance
In addition to the statutory figures reported 
in accordance with IFRS, we use alternative 
performance measures or (APMs) to assess 
the Group’s ongoing performance. The main 
APMs we use are Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted 
EBITA, Adjusted profit before tax, Adjusted 
earnings per share, leverage (or Net Debt 
Ratio) and ROCE, all of which are included in 
our key performance indicators as set out on 
pages 10 and 11. 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, a widely 
used and reported metric amongst listed 
and private companies, presents a ‘cleaner’ 
view of the Group’s operating profitability in 
each year by excluding exceptional costs 
associated with non-recurring projects or 
events, finance costs, tax charges and 
non-cash accounting elements such as 
depreciation and amortisation.

Since our IPO we have listened to feedback 
from analysts and investors who tend to 
assess our operating profitability using 
the Adjusted EBITA metric, which treats 
depreciation charges as an operating cost to 
reflect the capital intensive nature of the sector 
in which we operate. This metric is used to 
calculate any annual bonuses payable to 
Executive Directors.

Analysts and investors also assess our 
earnings per share using an Adjusted earnings 
per share measure, calculated by dividing 
an adjusted profit after tax by the weighted 
average number of shares in issue over the 
period. This approach aims to show the 
implied underlying earnings of the Group. 
The Adjusted profit before tax figure 
comprises the reported loss before tax 
of the business with amortisation and 
exceptional costs added back. This amount 
is then reduced by an illustrative tax charge 
at the prevailing rate of corporation tax 
(currently 20%) to give an adjusted profit 
after tax. Adjusted earnings per share is 
used as a performance metric for the vesting 
of LTIP awards.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and 
Adjusted EBITA can vary between companies, 
and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA 
and Adjusted EBITA to operating profit/(loss) 
and Adjusted profit before tax to loss before 
tax is provided on the face of the Group’s 
income statement on page 72. A reconciliation 
of reported loss per share to Adjusted 
earnings per share is provided in note 10  
of the accounts. 

In accordance with broader market practice 
we comment on the amount of net debt 
in the business by reference to leverage 
(or Net Debt Ratio), which is the multiple 
of our Adjusted EBITDA that the net debt 
represents. This metric is also used in the 
calculation of any annual bonuses payable 
to Executive Directors.

We use ROCE to assess the return (the 
Adjusted EBITA) that we generate on the 
average tangible fixed assets and average 
working capital employed in each year. 
We exclude all elements of net debt from 
this calculation. This metric is also used 
as a performance metric for the vesting 
of LTIP awards.

Paul Quested 
Chief Financial Officer

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016GovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther InformationOur Business and  Our Performance30

Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties

Managing risk
The Board sets the strategic priorities for the Group, the KPIs and 
performance monitoring relating to these priorities, and establishes 
the risk appetite. 

Overall responsibility for the Group’s risk management lies with the 
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), who 
have ownership of risk in reporting to the Board of Directors. 

The Group then manages its risk through a group risk register which 
is maintained by the Risk and Assurance Director. This is subject to 
regular quarterly review by the Audit Committee, where changes to 
the risk landscape, risk ratings (regarding likelihood and impact) and 
assurance activity are documented.

A risk-based internal audit programme is in place to ensure assurance 
activity is targeted at key risk areas, as identified below. Risk-based 
assurance work is then reported to the Audit Committee on a quarterly 
basis for review. In addition the Risk and Assurance Director reports to 
the Executive Board and the senior management team on a monthly 
basis to review the findings of risk-based assurance activity and 
investigation, provided by the Internal Audit and Health, Safety, 
Environment and Quality (HSEQ) teams.

Principal risks and strategy
The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
financial and operating risks facing the Group, based on its three 
strategic priorities, which are: to optimise our branch and distribution 
network; to deepen our customer relationships and win new  
accounts; and the continued development and growth of our  
specialist businesses.

These risks, how they have changed and how they are mitigated are 
shown in the table opposite.

The Board has identified five key strategic enablers which underpin 
the achievement of these strategic priorities. These are as follows:

   Ensure safe, sustainable working environments for 
colleagues and customers

  Deliver value and quality to our customers

  Focus on profitability and growth

  Drive availability and operational efficiency

  Invest in our colleagues

2017 planned improvements 
to risk management process
The Group will continue to develop its risk 
management process with the following:

 → the Risk and Assurance Director holding regular 

one-to-one sessions with the executive 
management team to continually improve the 
risk management culture across the Group; 

 → increased training to improve the ownership 

of risk at executive Board level; and

 → improvements in the monitoring of risk and 
identification of risk trends by enhancing 
measurable indicators on the key risks.

2016 risk management developments

Through 2016 the Group has continued to improve its 
approach to the management of risk, with the following 
developments:

 → increased cross-working and improved sharing of 
information across the assurance teams, including 
Investigation Team expertise in relevant HSEQ issues 
and closer working between the assurance and HSEQ 
functions on external accreditation for the business;

 → development and review of the potential financial impact 

of key risks;

 → introduction of risk trend analysis;

 → further development of controlled risk self-assessment 
(CRSA), consolidating the branch-based assurance 
activity and establishing reporting summaries; 

 → development of automated reports to improve 

information and identify emerging risk; examples include 
HSEQ where trends in geographical or practice-based 
incidents are identified, and automated reports where 
unusual transactional patterns are identified to highlight 
potential areas for investigation; and

 → increased communication with industry peers and  

police to share information and reduce fraud across  
the hire industry. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201631

Key risks

Strategic  
enabler

Description and impact

Mitigation

Risk change

Macroeconomic  
conditions

Competitor 
challenge

Operational 
disruption

IT infrastructure

Customer 
credit / Supplier 
payment

An economic downturn in the UK and Ireland 
may adversely affect the Group’s revenue and 
operating results by decreasing the demand 
for its services and the prices it may charge.

The Brexit referendum result has caused 
economic uncertainty with potential short-
term and long-term effects on demand for 
services within the Group’s industry and 
broad customer base.

The Group’s industry is highly competitive, 
and competition may increase. The equipment 
rental industry is highly fragmented, with 
competitors ranging from national equipment 
rental companies to smaller multi-regional 
companies and small, independent businesses 
operating in a limited number of locations. 
Competition in the market has led to frequent 
excess capacity and resultant pricing pressure.

The provision of the Group’s expected  
service levels depends on its ability to  
transport its hire fleet across its network  
in a timely and cost-effective manner and  
on the successful operation of its distribution 
centres and Branch Network.

The Group requires an IT system that is 
appropriately resourced to support the 
business, managing the growing network  
and successful assimilation of any acquisitions.

Any IT systems malfunction or disruption at the 
NDEC, any of the Group’s CDCs or offices may 
impact on the ability to manage its operations 
and distribute its hire fleet to service its 
customers, affecting revenue and reputation.

A cyber security attack on the business 
systems could lead to a potential loss of 
confidential information and disrupt the 
business’ transactions with customers  
and suppliers.

Some of the Group’s customers may have 
liquidity issues and ultimately may not be able 
to fulfil the terms of their rental agreements with 
the Group. Bad debts and credit losses can 
also arise due to service issues or fraud.

Unauthorised, incorrect or fraudulent payments 
could be made, leading to financial loss or 
delays in payment which could adversely affect 
the relationship with suppliers and lead to a 
disruption in supply.

The Group focuses on the ‘fit-out, maintain 
and operate’ markets, which are less 
cyclical, less discretionary and have a larger 
proportion of recurring spend than the new-
build construction sector. While the Group 
is not isolated from the construction sector, 
it focuses on the non-construction portion 
of the market, with specific exposure in the 
facilities management, retail, commercial 
fit-out, property, utilities and waste, 
infrastructure and energy services markets.

The Group is ranked number two in its main 
markets and the resulting economies of scale 
enable it to be highly competitive, whilst the 
fragmented nature of the market may offer 
consolidation opportunities enabling the 
continued growth of the specialist  
businesses within the Group. 

The Group’s highly developed distribution 
service model provides improved customer 
availability and increases the efficiency of  
its operations.

The Group established a National Distribution 
and Engineering Centre (NDEC) in 2016 
which provides distribution of a number of 
key fast-moving products to the Customer 
Distribution Centres (CDCs) and Branch 
Network. There is flexibility built in below 
this where CDCs can service the Group’s 
customers if failure occurs.

The current IT system has been fully reviewed 
to ensure that it is the best possible option 
to optimise the success of the Group’s 
strategy. This review also included assurance 
that there is adequate knowledge resource 
available to support the system in future.

Disaster recovery tests are carried out on 
a regular basis including with our third-party 
partners who run the NDEC.

Firewalls are in place to protect against 
malicious attempts to penetrate the IT 
environment. Penetration testing is carried 
out on a regular basis to detect weaknesses 
in our IT and cyber security. Ongoing 
investment takes place to ensure our 
mitigating actions are updated to respond to 
the changing sophistication of cyber attacks.

The Group runs extensive credit checking 
for its account customers and maintains 
strict credit control over its diversified 
customer base.

The Group’s investigation team conducts 
proactive and reactive work in order to 
minimise the Group’s exposure to fraud,  
and all new staff are provided with training 
in this area.

Payments and amendments should only 
be made in line with a regularly reviewed 
authorisation matrix.

Increased – 
due to market 
and industry 
uncertainty 
caused by Brexit

Unchanged

Increased in 
2016 during the 
transition to, and 
implementation 
phase of, the new 
operating model.
Risk expected to 
reduce in 2017 as 
operating model 
is refined.

Unchanged

Unchanged

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016GovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther InformationOur Business and  Our Performance32

Principal Risks and  
Uncertainties Continued

Key risks

Strategic  
enabler

Description and impact

Mitigation

Risk change

Equipment supply, 
maintenance & 
availability

The reliable supply of safe and good-quality 
equipment is critical for delivering our customer 
promise; unavailable or unreliable equipment 
can reduce potential revenue and drive 
additional costs into the business.

The Group is dependent on its relationships 
with key suppliers to obtain equipment and 
other services on acceptable terms. Any 
disruption in supply could affect its ability to 
provide its customers with expected service 
levels, increasing the risk of lost customers  
or reduced trading levels.

The changes in the operating model impacted 
the availability of supply during implementation.

The Group makes every effort to evaluate its 
counterparties prior to entering into significant 
procurement contracts and seeks to maintain 
a range of suppliers. 

The changes to the Group’s operating model 
during the year, principally the opening of 
the new NDEC, are designed to increase the 
efficiency and effectiveness of the Group’s 
supply chain to ensure appropriate service 
standards are provided to its customers.  
The 2017 fleet plan is based on improving  
the availability of products, by efficiently 
investing against demonstrable demand 
patterns to drive profitability.

Customer 
retention and 
brand reputation

A decline in the Group’s customer service 
levels could result in a loss of customers  
and market share. The Group’s business 
depends on strong brands and any failure  
to maintain, protect and enhance its brands 
could have an adverse effect on its ability to 
grow the business.

The Group has developed extensive plans 
as part of its regular planning process to 
improve availability, flexibility in service and 
delivery to promise, post the implementation 
of the new operating model and on an 
ongoing basis. Service levels are tracked  
via the Group’s innovative Customer  
Delight programme. 

The Group invests substantially in areas  
such as marketing, community relations  
and colleague training, aimed at delivering  
the highest standards of customer service 
and colleague engagement. 

The Group actively engages in print and 
online advertisements, targeted promotional 
mailings and email communications, and 
engages on a regular basis in public relations 
and sponsorship activities to promote its 
brands and its business.

Increased in 
2016 during the 
transition to, and 
implementation 
phase of, the new 
operating model.
Risk expected to 
reduce in 2017 as 
operating model 
is refined.

Increased in 
2016 during the 
transition to, and 
implementation 
phase of, the new 
operating model.
Risk expected to 
reduce in 2017 as 
operating model 
is refined.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201633

Key risks

Strategic  
enabler

Description and impact

Mitigation

Risk change

Outsourcing  
of services

Inability to 
attract and  
retain personnel

The Group outsources certain activities of its 
business to third parties, with the NDEC being 
the most significant.

If any third parties become unable or refuse 
to fulfil their obligations, or violate laws or 
regulations, there could be a negative impact 
on the Group’s operations or it could lead to 
adverse publicity and a decline in demand. 

Inability to repair equipment will affect the ability 
to manage demand, affecting revenue and 
increasing costs of re-investment in equipment.

Turnover of members of the Group’s 
management and colleagues and its ability  
to attract and retain key personnel may affect 
its ability to efficiently manage its business  
and execute its strategy. 

Legal and 
regulatory 
requirements

Failure to comply with laws or regulation, such 
as the Companies Act, accounting regulations, 
health and safety law, Bribery Act or Road 
Traffic Act, leading to material misstatement 
and potential legal, financial and reputational 
liabilities for non-compliance.

Outsourcing of services by the Group is 
subject to stringent procurement and service 
criteria and all contracts are subject to 
demanding service level agreements which 
are closely monitored and enforced.

Performance and quality metrics and KPIs 
are tracked throughout the life of contracts.

The Group has established and maintains 
competitive pay and benefit packages, as 
well as the right working environment for  
its colleagues. Training will be provided  
within branches of excellence whilst 
the Training Academy facility provides 
development training for management, 
a process that is mirrored at more senior 
management levels by various tailored 
development programmes.

The Group supports personal  
development with the provision of 
appropriate training courses.

A colleague survey was undertaken and 
reported in 2016; this covered a wide 
range of subjects considered important 
to colleague satisfaction.

Robust governance within the Group, 
including a strong financial structure, with 
adequate assurance provision from internal 
and external audit. Additional assurance  
and support is provided by a fully skilled 
HSEQ team and an internal group 
investigation team.

Increased in 
2016 during the 
transition to, and 
implementation 
phase of, the new 
operating model.
Risk expected to 
reduce in 2017 as 
operating model 
is refined.

Unchanged

Unchanged 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016GovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther InformationOur Business and  Our Performance34

Corporate  
Responsibility

As a large national company, we are aware that  
we have responsibilities to our customers, our 
colleagues and our local communities as well as  
to the wider economy and the environment. We build 
on the sustainable nature of our business model with 
an equally responsible approach to how we conduct 
our business activities, both inside and outside of  
our organisation.

Our primary responsibility is, always, safety – of our 
colleagues, our customers and of the equipment 
we hire – and making sure that HSS is a safe place 
for people to work in and to hire from. We are  
also focused on ensuring that we operate with 
transparency and integrity and on delivering a 
sound economic performance whilst reducing 
our impact on the environment, supporting our 
colleagues and our customers and playing a 
positive role in our local communities.

1
Economic performance  
and governance 
A responsible company generates and shares 
wealth in order to perform for its stakeholders 
– delivering a financial return for shareholders 
as well as ensuring continuity of supply 
and support for its customers and secure 
employment and development for its 
colleagues. As this Report details, HSS 
generated revenues of £342.4m which  
was shared as represented in the pie chart 
amongst the various stakeholders in our 
business including our suppliers and their own 
supply chains, our colleagues and investors, 
the government and our local communities 
as well as a retained element to help fund 
future investment and growth.

Sharing of economic value

£342.4m

Operating costs
Employee 
remuneration
Payments to/
(credits from) the 
tax authorities 
Payments to providers 
of capital
Economic value
retained 

We operate with integrity and transparency to 
ensure the highest levels of environmental and 
social governance with a strong management 
team and robust governance structures in 
place. We work to – and are audited against – 
a number of external accreditations, including 
the new British ISO standards for health and 
safety and the environment. We are Safe Hire 
accredited and members of the British Safety 
Council and Considerate Constructors 
Scheme. We hold Investors in People status 
as well as FORS Gold Accreditation for our 
commercial vehicle fleet.

Full details of our corporate governance are 
set out in pages 38 to 65 of this Report.

Our full Corporate Responsibility Report is published at  
www.hsshiregroup.com/corporate-responsibility and the  
following pages summarise our activities and achievements. 

Member

BRITISH SAFETY COUNCIL

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201635

526machines  

refurbished  
through centre

2
Supporting our customers 
Being a responsible company includes 
recognising that we are an integral part  
of our customers’ supply chains and taking  
a responsible approach to the way we work 
with them and the service we deliver to them. 
We provide a customer experience that 
focuses on the things they told us matter most 
– safety, value, availability and support – and 
we measure customer feedback on a daily 
basis to ensure continual improvement. In 
2016, we were delighted to have achieved  
our highest ever NPS customer satisfaction 
score of 42.

3
Reducing environmental 
impact through our  
product lifecycle
We recognise that there are environmental 
and social impacts at every stage of the 
product lifecycles of all the equipment in our 
fleet so we are committed to a responsible 
approach in the way that we purchase and 
dispose of this equipment, as well as to 
extending the life of kit and reducing product 
waste. Our innovative, purpose-built 
refurbishment centre has provided the 
capacity for us to significantly increase  
our previous refurbishment capability and  
in 2016, we almost doubled our refurbishment 
activity from a previous annual average of  
315 units to 526 machines.

NPS score 

42(2015: 36)

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information36

Corporate Responsibility  
Continued

4
Reducing environmental 
impact though our operations
We also work responsibly to limit any negative 
environmental impact that arises from our  
day-to-day business operations. As well 
as developing efficiency and effectiveness 
throughout our operations to optimise 
our branch and distribution networks,  
we also drive energy efficiency within our  
built environment too. We work to – and  
are accredited against – recognised 
environmental standards and work hard  
to regulate our use of natural resources, 
reduce polluting emissions and minimise 
waste. In 2016 we reduced our Group  
energy consumption by almost 12%.

HSS is fully compliant with both ESOS  
and CRC reporting. In 2016 we commenced 
reporting to level 3 Carbon Disclosure 
Protocols and continue to be committed  
to attaining ISO 50001 accreditation by  
2018, including full International Performance 
Measurement and Verification Protocol 
compliance.

Group electricity usage (2015: 78 kWh/m2)

69 kWh/m2
36

68%

carbon emissions 
per m2  
(2015: 43)

commercial waste 
diverted from landfill
(2015: 67%)

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The Group reports on all of the emission 
sources required under the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 
as amended in 2013. We use GHG Protocol 
Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard data gathered to fulfil the reporting 
requirements under the CRC Energy efficiency 
scheme and DEFRA conversion factors to 
calculate all building and transport emissions 
within the three reporting scopes: 

 → all direct greenhouse gas emissions from 

sources owned or controlled by the 
Company;

 → indirect greenhouse gas emissions from  
the consumption of purchased electricity, 
heat or steam; and

 → other indirect emissions; here we report 

business travel.

Unless otherwise stated all data is provided  
for the period 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016. 
This reporting period does not cover the same 
period covered by the Financial Statements, 
but has been adopted to allow the majority of 
data used to be actual recorded data rather 
than estimated consumption. 

The total emissions produced by the 
Group during this period was 28,116 TC02 
(2015: 21,972).

ESOS
The UK Government established ESOS  
(the Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme) to 
implement Article 8 (4 to 6) of the EU Energy 
Efficiency Directive (2012/27/EU). The ESOS 
Regulations 2014 give effect to the scheme 
and the Environment Agency is the UK 
scheme administrator. ESOS is a mandatory 
energy assessment scheme for organisations 
in the UK that meet the qualification criteria. 
The Group was required to carry out an  
ESOS assessment in 2016, undertaken by  
our energy and environmental consultants 
Maloney Associates. It included a full review 
of the energy use throughout our portfolio 
and transport fleet. 

In March 2016 the Group was selected by the 
Environmental Agency for an external audit of 
ESOS compliance and it was confirmed that 
we had conducted the review and produced 
reports to an exceptionally high standard.

2016

2015

Consumption

Conversion 
factor

Emissions 
(TCO2)

Consumption

Conversion 
factor

Emissions 
(TCO2)

Scope 1 emissions

Fuel combustion 

Company vehicles

2,515,448 kWh

0.18407

480

931,100 kWh

0.184557

181

4,956,014 litres

2.5839

12,829

5,243,586 litres

2.5839

13,549

Leeds bunkered diesel

209,000 litres

2.5839

1,797 litres

0.21468

540

0.4

196,822 litres

7,727 litres

2.6024

2.6024

509

20

Fugitive emissions

Scope 2 emissions

Purchased electricity

Scope 3 emissions

Business travel*

Total greenhouse  
gas emissions

14,127,033 kWh

0.49636

7,012

14,917,614 kWh

0.49023

7,313

24, 355, 118 miles

0.293416

7,794

3,045,916 miles

0.289469

909

28,116

21,972

The methodologies used to calculate the information in the greenhouse gas emissions table are 
set out in the table.

Emission category

Methodology

Fuel combustions (gas data  
for HSS building portfolio)

Based on CRC statements provided by gas suppliers for the period  
1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016.

Company vehicle emissions

Leeds bunkered fuel

Fugitive emissions

Collated using data from fuel card provider and direct purchase  
records for cars and commercial vehicles in litres converted according  
to Defra guidelines.

Collated with the use of internal purchase order records converted 
according to Defra guidelines.

Collated with the use of internal purchase order records converted 
according to Defra guidelines.

Purchased electricity  
(for HSS building portfolio)

Based on CRC statements provided by electricity suppliers for the  
period 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016.

Business travel

Collated from expensed mileage claims and converted according  
to Defra guidelines.

*  The business mileage reporting approach was improved during the year resulting in the capture of more business 
mileage than reported in 2015. Due to the way the data is collected it is not possible to restate the 2015 mileage.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201637

5

6

Colleagues
Central to the delivery of our business plan – 
and ultimately to our success – is our people. 
It’s the people that really make HSS so we 
want to make sure that we have a diverse 
workforce, representative of the communities 
in which we operate and that they are happy 
at work with the knowledge and support they 
need in order to deliver the best possible 
service to our customers. We put their safety 
first, provide for and protect their wellbeing 
and invest in their training and development  
to ensure that they are both appropriately 
skilled and motivated. In 2016 we were 
pleased to see a 17% reduction in RIDDOR 
occurrences and we kept our training days 
per colleague almost level at 4.1 days per 
colleague and 59% of managerial 
appointments were given to internal 
candidates, an increase of almost 44%.  
We also extended our colleague engagement 
survey to all areas of the business and were 
delighted with the feedback.

As at 31 December 2016, 512 (17%) of all of 
our employees were female, an improvement 
of 13% from the level of 15% reported in  
2015 but we recognise that we would like to 
develop this further still. At the Board level,  
one Non-Executive Director was female 
(representing 20% of the Board) and at the 
senior management level (excluding Board 
members) 11 were female (14%). In both  
Board and senior manager positions we  
have improved from 2015 when we had  
ratios of 14% and 13% respectively.

4.1

training days  
per colleague
(2015: 4.3 days)

17%

women
(2015: 15%)

0.40

RIDDOR
(2015: 0.48)

59%

management 
promotions
(2015: 41%)

67%

colleague 
engagement score

Communities
As a local business with a national presence, 
we’re aware of the role we play in the 
communities in which we operate and take 
a proactive approach to engaging with, 
respecting and becoming part of our local 
communities. Our long-running Heroes of 
Hire programme provides a platform for us to 
share our skills, expertise and resources within 
those communities by volunteering on build 
and refurbishment projects and we support 
charitable initiatives by offering a discount 
and holding fundraising events. In 2016 our 
community activity was extended to include 
an emphasis on training and support for 
employment skills. We also joined the London 
Benchmarking Group to more formally record 
and report our activity in these areas.

7

1,000

hours’ work 
experience

50%

charity discount

Our commitments
We are pleased to report our progress against our long-term targets

Focus area

2018 target

Measured by

Current position

Consistent year on year 
reduction in RIDDOR 
frequency ratio

Weekly accident reporting 
for executive team

0.40 
(2015: 0.48)* 
(2014: 0.50)

HSEQ

People

Product 
lifecycle

Carbon 
reduction**

5.0 training days per 
colleague per year

A workforce that is 75% 
promoted from within 
and 33% women

Reduce our product 
wastage year on year 
through responsible  
sourcing and extending  
the products useful life

Reduce energy consumption 
in Local Branches by 5% 
per annum when compared 
with the overall floor area 
occupied

Reduce energy consumption 
across the group by 5% per 
annum when compared with 
the overall floor area occupied

Year on year reduction in  
miles per job and miles  
per branch

CITB Grant and internally 
audited training days

4.1 days 
(2015: 4.3 days)

% internal promotions  
Female % of workforce

59%  
(2015: 41%)

17%  
(2015: 15%)

Stock write-off by value 
as a % of total fleet value

14.0% 
(2015: 9.8%)

External measurement 
by Maloney Associates 

64 kWh per m2 
(2015: 63 kWh per m2) 

External measurement  
by Maloney Associates 

69 kWh per m2 
(2015: 78 kWh per m2) 

Measured using internal 
IT systems

13.4 miles per job 
(2015: 12.8 miles per job)

Community

300 job seekers benefiting 
from the Heroes of Hire 
commitment to building  
a future for local communities

Number of colleague 
volunteering events per year

Number of HSS Training 
events, up-skilling local 
communities

38,782 miles per branch 
(2015: 38,804 miles per branch)

2 volunteering events 

14 mock interview 
sessions and work 
experience placements

*  Due to the introduction of an enhanced accident reporting system in 2016, historical figures have been restated 

to be comparable.

**  Due to the strategic optimisation of our Branch Network in 2016, it is now more appropriate to measure the 
energy consumption of the Group as a whole, rather than just Local Branches. We have reported both this  
year but going forward will measure ourselves against Group targets.

Approval of the Strategic Report
The Strategic Report on pages 02 to 37 was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 5 April 2017 and is signed on its behalf by:

J.B. Gill 
Director 
5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
38

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

Governance

40 Chairman’s Introduction
42  Board of Directors
44 Corporate Governance
49 Audit Committee Report 
52 Market Disclosure Committee Report
52 Nomination Committee Report
54 Directors’ Remuneration Report
62 Other Statutory Disclosures
65 Directors’ Responsibility Statement

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

39

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

Chairman’s  
Introduction

My fellow Directors and I firmly 
subscribe to the vision that corporate 
governance should form the 
backbone of our culture and growth 
strategy. We have established strong 
governance structures through our 
committees, systems and policies  
and together these contribute to our 
day-to-day activities, the protection  
of our assets and the delivery of our 
business plan.

Alan Peterson 
Chairman

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
present the corporate governance report  
for the 2016 financial year.

This part of the Annual Report provides an 
overview of the Group’s existing approach  
to corporate governance and how we 
continue to evolve our corporate governance 
structure(s) to better mitigate risk and ensure 
compliance with prevailing legislation on an 
ongoing basis. Reports from the Chairs of 
each of the sub-committees of the Board  
(the Audit, Nomination, Market Disclosure  
and Remuneration Committees) are included 
in the following pages and outline the work 
and initiatives each has undertaken during  
the year.

The main corporate governance issues 
addressed by the Board or one of the four 
sub-committees of the Board during the  
year were as follows:

Operational change and trading 
performance
Despite a period of significant transformational 
operational change and investment in the 
business, we delivered year on year revenue 
growth through 2016 and made progress 
against a number of our strategic objectives. 
However, our earnings performance was 
impacted by the scale and complexity of the 
operational changes particularly amongst  
our smaller and regional customers and we 
therefore fell short of our initial expectations  
for the year. The progress of the NDEC 
implementation has been carefully and 
continually monitored at Board level through 
the course of the year, from March when 
implementation commenced to its 
implementation in Scotland in early 2017. Its 
ongoing performance will continue to form  
a key element of the materials reviewed by the 
Board at each Board meeting as we continue 
to learn from and refine our operating model. 

The Board remains confident that the changes 
implemented will position the business to drive 
improved earnings per share and shareholder 
returns in the medium term. Our focus in  
2017 is firmly on cost control, operational  
and capital efficiency and driving a clear 
competitive advantage from our enhanced 
customer proposition.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Currently we have one female Non-Executive 
Director, meaning 50% of our Independent 
Non-Executive Directors are female and  
17% of the Board is female. Further detail  
on the gender split for senior management 
and employees is provided within the Strategic 
Report on page 37. 

Based on our annual Board evaluation we 
believe that the current mix of experience, 
background and perspectives amongst the 
Directors contributes to the effectiveness of 
the Board as a whole, however we recognise 
that female representation and diversity at 
Board and senior management levels remains 
limited and both represent continuing 
development opportunities for the Group.

As and when Director or senior management 
appointments are being made or succession 
planning is being undertaken, all candidates 
are considered on merit and against objective 
criteria, with due regard for the benefits of 
diversity on the Board and amongst the senior 
management team, including gender, whilst 
also taking care that appointees have enough 
time available to devote to the position.

Further details on our approach to equality 
and diversity can be found on page 62 and 
within our Corporate Responsibility report 
available for download at www.hsshiregroup.
com/corporate-responsibility.

Looking ahead
The investment in and reorganisation of our 
senior management team together with the 
results of our 2016 Board evaluation process 
give me confidence that we have assembled  
a strong operational team and an experienced 
Board, both of which together will drive the 
long-term success of the business. 

Following the completion of the NDEC 
implementation in early 2017, we now 
move into an exciting period where we can 
consolidate the operational changes made 
and drive continuous improvement and 
efficiency across our operations. As a Board 
we remain confident that the initiatives and 
innovations we have implemented through 
this period will position the business to drive 
improved shareholder returns in what remains 
a competitive and fragmented marketplace.

I once again look forward to meeting 
shareholders at our next Annual General 
Meeting, which will be held at Hilton Garden 
Inn, Hatton Cross on 14 June 2017. 

Alan Peterson 
Chairman

5 April 2017

Board evaluation
We completed our 2016 internal Board and 
Committee evaluation in early 2017. Further 
details on this process and its findings are 
provided in the Nomination Committee report 
on page 52. 

The Nomination Committee is recommending 
that all Board Directors are re-elected at our 
Annual General Meeting.

Board and senior management training
During the course of the year all Directors were 
given training by the Company’s legal advisers 
in respect of the Market Abuse Regulation.  
A number of senior managers in the business 
also attended professional development 
courses at the Cranfield School of 
Management. The Group ensures that senior 
managers benefit from a range of personal 
and professional development programmes 
designed to enhance and develop strategic 
management skills. 

Further detail on training provided to members 
of the Board during the year is set out on  
page 46.

Senior management reorganisation
During the course of 2016 we reorganised  
our senior management structure to simplify 
and shape the business to better match  
how we operate and how we trade with  
our customers. We have made further 
appointments to our senior leadership team  
in early 2017 including a Group HR Director 
and a Chief Commercial Officer, the latter 
being specifically focused on reinvigorating 
our core sales growth.

Legislative and regulatory change
There were notable developments in the legal 
and regulatory landscape which took effect 
during 2016. The Group has updated its 
policies and procedures following the 
introduction of the Market Abuse Regulation 
on 3 July 2016. The Modern Slavery Act 
became effective during 2015 and has been 
implemented in the Group’s internal policies 
and is referred to in the Group’s Code of Ethics 
available on the corporate website (www.
hsshiregroup.com). The Modern Slavery  
Act requires the Group to publish an annual 
slavery and human trafficking statement  
for each financial year that ends on or after  
31 March 2016. The first such statement will 
be made available on the corporate website 
during 2017 and will summarise the steps the 
Group has taken to ensure that human slavery 
or trafficking is not taking place in its supply 
chains or its business.

Equality and diversity policy
The Group’s equality and diversity policy apply 
across all levels of the business including at 
Board level and are designed to reflect the 
importance that we believe promoting equal 
opportunities and diversity plays in the 
long-term success of HSS.

41

During the course of 2016  
we reorganised our senior 
management structure to 
simplify and shape the 
business to better match  
how we operate and how  
we trade with our customers.

Further details on our approach to equality 
and diversity can be found on page 62 and 
within our Corporate Responsibility report 
available for download at www.hsshiregroup.
com/corporate-responsibility.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information42

Board of Directors

N

MD

Alan Peterson 
Chairman

John Gill  
Chief Executive Officer

Paul Quested  
Chief Financial Officer

Alan Peterson has served as the Group’s 
Chairman since December 2012. He also 
served as the Group’s Chairman between 
2004 and 2007. Alan’s experience over the last 
25 years includes involvement in a number of 
public and private equity-backed businesses 
across the UK, Europe and North America.  
He has held the role of chief executive officer 
and chairman in a number of manufacturing, 
industrial and retail companies, including 
Enterprise Group plc, Azelis Holdings SA, 
Rockware Group and Meyer International plc. 
He is also the chairman of Pattonair Holdings 
Limited and BBI Group Holding Limited. 

Alan became 3i’s first Industrialist in 
Residence in 2001, serving until 2005. He is a 
graduate of Loughborough University and is  
a Companion of the Chartered Management 
Institute.

Alan also chairs the Board’s Nomination 
Committee.

John Gill joined the Group as Chief Financial 
Officer in February 2009 and was appointed 
Chief Operating Officer in 2014. In September 
2015, John was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer of the Group. Before joining the Group, 
he served as finance director at Screwfix 
Direct Limited, a subsidiary of Kingfisher plc, 
from June 2006. Prior to that, John held a 
number of roles at Kingfisher plc, including 
those of senior corporate development 
manager, head of corporate development  
and head of corporate strategy. 

John worked for GE Capital between 1995 
and 2000, ultimately serving as the finance 
director of the French operations of their asset 
leasing company, European Equipment 
Finance, and then finance manager of 
mergers and acquisitions for GE Capital.  
He spent his early career in various finance 
roles at Cable & Wireless and BP. John  
holds a bachelor’s degree in Chemistry  
from University of Sheffield and is an 
Associate of the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants.

Paul Quested joined the Group as Chief 
Financial Officer in August 2016. Before  
joining the Group, Paul was Chief Corporate 
Development Officer for Electrocomponents 
plc and had held a number of senior positions 
within Electrocomponents, including those  
of Global Strategy Director, General Manager  
(RS UK) and Head of Finance (RS UK). 

Prior to Electrocomponents, Paul worked at 
InBev for ten years, where his roles included 
Planning & Performance Management 
Director. Before InBev, Paul worked at 
Coopers & Lybrand where he was an  
Audit Manager for FTSE 100 clients.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201643

MD

A

N

R

A

N

R

Amanda Burton  
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Douglas Robertson  
Independent Non-Executive Director

Thomas Sweet-Escott  
Non-Executive Director

Tom Sweet-Escott co-founded Exponent  
in 2004. He is primarily responsible for 
investments in the financial services sector 
and also serves on the Board of Pattonair 
Holdings Limited. He has previously served  
on the Boards of Trainline plc, V. Group and 
Lowell, and worked for 3i in London and in 
Madrid. He has a master’s degree in Natural 
Sciences from the University of Cambridge.

Doug Robertson retired as finance director  
of SIG plc on 28 February 2017. He was 
previously finance director of Umeco plc from 
2007 until 2011, and finance director of Seton 
House Group Limited from 2002 until 2007. 
He has also held a variety of divisional finance 
director roles within Williams plc and was 
previously managing director of Tesa Group,  
Chubb’s hotel security division.

Doug is a member of the Board’s Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees, and chairs 
the Audit Committee.

Doug holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics 
from the University of Leeds and is a Fellow  
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Amanda Burton is the senior independent 
non-executive director of Monitise plc and an 
independent non-executive director of 
Countryside Properties plc and Skipton  
Group Holdings Limited. She chairs the 
Remuneration Committee for both Monitise 
plc and Countryside Properties plc and is  
a member of the Remuneration Committee  
at Skipton Group. Amanda is also the Chair  
of the Battersea Dogs and Cats Home.  
Until December 2014 she served as the  
chief operating officer of Clifford Chance  
LLP. She was also previously the senior 
independent non-executive director of 
Galliford Try plc and a non-executive director 
of Fresca Group Limited. 

Amanda is a member of the Board’s Audit  
and Nomination Committees, and chairs  
both the Remuneration Committee and the 
Market Disclosure Committee.

Amanda holds a law degree from Durham 
University and is also a qualified solicitor.

Key to Committees
Audit Committee

A

MD

Market Disclosure Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

N

R

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information44

Corporate  
Governance

Compliance with the Governance Code
The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate 
governance and as such has complied with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code) during the FY16 reporting year,  
noting the following:

The Code recommends that at least half the Board of Directors of  
a UK-listed company, excluding the Chairman, should comprise 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. Independence is determined  
by ensuring that, apart from receiving their fees for acting as Directors, 
Non-Executive Directors do not have any other material relationship  
or transactions with the Group, its promoters, its management or  
its subsidiaries, which in the judgement of the Board may affect their 
independence of judgement.

Thomas Sweet-Escott, a Non-Executive Director, is not considered  
to be independent for the purposes of the Code as he represents 
Exponent Private Equity (Exponent) and related investors (the Exponent 
Shareholders), who currently control 50.3% of the Company’s issued 
shares. Mr Sweet-Escott stepped down from the Nomination 
Committee in April 2016 to ensure the Committee had a majority  
of independent members. 

Code Provision B.1.2 provides that a smaller company should have  
at least two Independent Non-Executive Directors. A smaller company  
is one that is below the FTSE 350 throughout the year immediately prior 
to the reporting year and to date, the Company has been outside the 
FTSE 350 for the year immediately preceding the reporting year. 
Therefore, as at 31 December 2016 the Company is compliant with  
the requirements of the Code in this respect. On 22 January 2015,  
the Company, Exponent and the Exponent shareholders entered into  
a Relationship Agreement which regulates the ongoing relationship 
between them. The principal purpose of this agreement is to ensure 
that the Company and its subsidiaries are capable of carrying on their 
business independently of Exponent and the Exponent shareholders 
and that any transactions and relationships between them are at arm’s 
length and on normal commercial terms.

The Code is publicly available at the following web address: 
www.frc.org.uk/Our-Work/Publications/Corporate-Governance/
UK-Corporate-Governance-Code-April-2016.pdf 

Leadership

Key roles and responsibilities

Chairman  
Alan Peterson

Responsible for:
 > ensuring that the conduct of the Group is in accordance with the highest standards of integrity 

and probity, and in accordance with all appropriate governance codes;

 > the leadership and overall effectiveness of the Board, and ensuring that there is appropriate 

delegation from the Board to executive management;

 > ensuring a clear structure for the operation of the Board and its Committees;
 > setting the Board agenda in conjunction with the Company Secretary, Chief Executive Officer 

and Chief Financial Officer;

 > ensuring that the Board receives accurate, relevant and timely information about the Group’s  

affairs; and

 > ensuring clear two-way communication with shareholders.

Chief Executive Officer  
John Gill

Responsible for:
 > developing the Group’s strategy for consideration and approval by the Board;
 > implementing the agreed strategy;
 > day-to-day management of the Group’s operations; and
 > being accountable to, and reporting to, the Board on the performance of the business.

Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director  
Amanda Burton

Responsible for:
 > being an alternative contact for shareholders at Board level other than the Chairman;
 > acting as a sounding board for the Chairman;
 > if required, being an intermediary for Non-Executive Directors’ concerns; and
 > undertaking the annual Chairman’s performance evaluation.

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director carries out the duties of a Senior Independent Director 
for the purposes of compliance with the Governance Code. 

There is a clear differentiation and division of responsibilities.

Board and Committee 
structure

The Board focuses on:
 > leadership;
 > risk assessment and management;
 > strategy;
 > performance; and
 > monitoring safety, values and standards.

In addition there is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board.

The Committees each have full terms of reference which can be found on the Company’s website  
at www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance.

Non-Executive Directors 
The number of Non-Executive Directors and their range of skills and experience is kept under review and was 
formally reviewed as part of the Board evaluation (see page 53). 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Governance framework

Alan Peterson 
Chairman 

Role:

 > Ensure effectiveness  

of the Board

 > Ensure corporate governance
 > Ensure effective Board 
Committee structure

 > Ensure effective 
communications

The Board 
Comprises six Directors, of  
which four are Non-Executive,  
two of which, Amanda Burton  
and Douglas Robertson,  
are considered independent. 
The Board is supported by 
the Company Secretary. 

Role:
 > Lead the Group
 > Oversee risk assessment 

and internal controls

 > Oversee strategy
 > Oversee the executive 

management

 > Monitor performance
 > Set values and standards

45

Audit Committee  
Comprises Independent Non-
Executive Directors, chaired by 
Douglas Robertson, supported 
by the Company Secretary.

Market Disclosure Committee  
Chaired by Amanda Burton, 
plus the Chief Executive Officer, 
supported by the Company 
Secretary.

Role:
 > Ensure compliance with 
disclosure requirements

Executive management  
Chief Executive Officer; 
Chief Financial Officer; Chief 
Commercial Officer; Group HR 
Director; and Managing Director 
of Specialist Brands. 

Role:
 > Fulfil Group strategy
 > Operational management  

of the Group

Company Secretary 
Daniel Joll

Role:
 > Support the Board  
and Committees

Role:
 > Monitor financial reporting
 > Monitor audit
 > Monitor effectiveness of 
risk management and  
internal controls 

Remuneration Committee  
Comprises Independent Non-
Executive Directors, chaired by 
Amanda Burton, supported by 
the Company Secretary. 

Role:
 > Determine and review 

appropriate Board and senior 
executive remuneration 
policies and structures
 > Determine appropriate 

remuneration packages for 
Board and senior executives

Nomination Committee  
Comprises Non-Executive 
Directors, including two 
Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, chaired by Alan 
Peterson, supported by the 
Company Secretary. 

Role:
 > Advise the Board on 

composition and membership 
succession planning

 > Advise the Board 
on appointments

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings of which each Director is a member held between 27 December 2015 and 31 December 2016 

Director

Executive Directors
John Gill

Steve Trowbridge(1)

Paul Quested(2)

Non-Executive Directors
Alan Peterson

Neil Sachdev(3)

Amanda Burton

Douglas Robertson

Thomas Sweet-Escott(4)

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

17/17 

5/5

7/7

17/17

7/8

17/17

16/17 

15/17 

–

–

–

–

3/3

6/6

6/6 

–

–

–

–

–

3/3

5/5

5/5 

–

–

–

–

3/3 

2/2

3/3

2/3 

2/2

(1) Steve Trowbridge resigned as a Director on 20 April 2016 and attended Board and certain Committee meetings up to that date. 
(2) Paul Quested joined as a Director on 22 August 2016. 
(3) Neil Sachdev resigned as a Non-Executive Director on 15 June 2016 and stepped down from the Committees on 28 April 2016.
(4) Thomas Sweet-Escott stepped down from the Nomination Committee on 28 April 2016. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information46

Corporate Governance  
Continued

Election of Directors
All the individuals who were Directors as at 31 December 2016 
offer themselves for re-election at the next AGM of HSS Hire Group 
plc to be held at 11.00am on 14 June 2017 at Hilton Garden Inn, 
Hatton Cross.

The biographical details of each of the Directors, including details 
of their other directorships and relevant skills and experience, are 
on pages 42 and 43 of this Annual Report and are also set out in 
the Notice of AGM.

The Board recommends that shareholders approve the resolutions to 
be proposed at the AGM relating to the re-election of all of the Directors.

Terms and conditions and time commitments
The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are all appointed pursuant 
to formal letters of appointment which outline, amongst other details, 
the remuneration and term of appointment for each Director.

The Chairman devotes such time to the affairs of the Company as 
is required by his duties. In 2016 the Non-Executive Directors spent 
on average 23 days carrying out their duties. There is no fixed period 
required to be committed by the Non-Executive Directors, so this may 
change over time as their various duties and commitments change  
if required by changing circumstances.

In order to facilitate proper debate and consideration, all Directors are 
expected to attend Board and Committee meetings to which they are 
invited in person.

The Executive Directors of the Company may attend certain meetings 
of the Committees at the invitation of the Chairman of the respective 
Committee. These attendances are not recorded in the table set  
out above. 

The four Non-Executive Directors, Alan Peterson, Amanda Burton, 
Douglas Robertson and Thomas Sweet-Escott, represent a majority 
of Board members and provide a broad range of skills and experience.

The two Executive Directors, John Gill and Paul Quested, bring a variety 
of sector experience to the Board. Amanda Burton and Douglas 
Robertson are considered independent. They are members of the 
Audit and the Remuneration Committees of the Board. Both the  
Market Disclosure and Remuneration Committees are chaired by 
an Independent Non-Executive Director, Amanda Burton. The Audit 
Committee is chaired by an Independent Non-Executive Director, 
Douglas Robertson. 

Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee, which is composed entirely of Non-
Executive Directors, will be responsible for any future appointments to 
the Board. The Nomination Committee is chaired by the chairman of 
the Board, Alan Peterson other than at such time when the Nomination 
Committee is dealing with the appointment of a successor to the 
Chairman. By virtue of the fact that the majority of its members are 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, the Nomination Committee 
is considered independent.

Overview of Board’s work during 2016
The Board met 17 times during 2016.
Regular agenda items for the Board included, and will include in 2017:

 → operating and financial performance;

 → health and safety;

 → risk and the risk register;

 → internal policies and procedures – introduction, review, monitoring;

The Market Disclosure Committee did not meet during the year.

 → setting and approving strategy; and

Conflicts of interest
Exponent and the Exponent shareholders currently control 50.3%  
of the Company’s issued shares.

Thomas Sweet-Escott is a partner at Exponent and Alan Peterson has 
a long-standing business relationship with Exponent and is chairman of 
Pattonair Holdings Limited, BBI Group Holding Limited, BBI Acquisition 
Limited, EAGLE SPV 2 Limited and EAGLE SPV 3 Limited, all of which 
are Exponent portfolio companies. The Group trades on an arm’s 
length basis with certain Exponent portfolio companies.

Amanda Burton is a Non-Executive Director of certain existing 
customers of the Group. 

The Board has satisfied itself that none of these customers are material 
enough to create a potential conflict of interest. In the event that HSS’s 
relationship with any customers or other companies where any of the 
Directors are also appointed as Directors becomes material by virtue 
of their trade with the Group or another business reason, the relevant 
Director would be expected to declare their connection to the 
customer/company and the Board would assess whether a conflict 
of interest arises and the appropriate action to be taken.

Save as set out above, there are no current or potential conflicts 
of interest between any duties owed by the Directors or senior 
management to the Company and their private interests or other duties.

Any Directors’ conflicts of interest are declared to the Board and 
recorded by the Company Secretary.

Effectiveness
Board composition
The Board and Committees are considered to have an appropriate 
range of experience, skills and knowledge to fulfil their duties.  
Profiles of each of the members of the Board are provided on  
pages 42 and 43.

 → major capital expenditure; and evaluation of acquisition 

opportunities.

Ad hoc and specific items reviewed by the Board during the year 
included, and will include in 2017:

 → the Annual Report and Accounts;

 → the Interim (half-year) Report and Accounts;

 → the quarterly reporting required under the reporting requirements  

of the Notes together with any associated trading updates;

 → RNS releases relating to Directorate changes (as applicable); and

 → approval of the annual budget.

The Board delegates authority to the following Committees:

 → Audit Committee;

 → Remuneration Committee;

 → Nomination Committee; and

 → Market Disclosure Committee.

Board evaluation
Internal evaluation of the Board and the our sub-committees has been 
carried out as detailed on page 53.

Board training
Following the introduction of the Market Abuse Regulation, the 
Company’s legal advisers provided training to the Board and changes 
to Company policy and procedures were made as appropriate. As part 
of induction, any new Directors receive training from the Company’s 
sponsors/brokers in relation to their responsibilities as a Director of  
a listed company. The Board also receives regular updates on legal  
and regulatory developments through the course of a financial year. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201647

Access to information and support
The Board is provided with an agenda and supporting papers and 
documentation ahead of each Board and/or Committee meeting to 
give them time to read, review and consider the information and 
analysis presented. The Board also has access to the Company 
Secretary and can request independent advice at the Company’s 
expense where they believe it is appropriate and valuable to do so. 
Senior executive management are also frequently invited to present  
at Board meetings as deemed appropriate, and the Board can  
access such colleagues at any time.

Accountability
Financial and business reporting
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and  
the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations, and as set out in the Directors’ Responsibility Statement 
(see page 65), the Board considers that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable  
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
HSS’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Risk management and internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the nature and 
extent of the principal risks it is willing to take to achieve its strategic 
objectives and for establishing and maintaining a sound system of risk 
management and internal control, and then reviewing its effectiveness.

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company and how 
these are being managed/mitigated are detailed on pages 30 to 33. 

The Group’s risk management and internal control system is designed 
to manage the risks facing the Group and safeguard its assets. No 
system of internal control can provide absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. The Group’s system is designed to 
provide the Directors with reasonable assurance that issues are 
identified on a timely basis and are dealt with appropriately. 

The Audit Committee (whose make-up, remit and report are set out  
on pages 49 to 51) assists the Board in reviewing the effectiveness of  
the Group’s risk management and internal controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls and risk management systems. 
This is carried out with the assistance of the Chief Financial Officer  
and the Risk and Assurance Director in an annual review, which is 
supported by the findings of specific projects/investigations completed 
by the internal audit team, the findings of which are presented to the 
Audit Committee during the financial year.

Whistleblowing
The company has a formal whistleblowing process, whereby any 
colleague may, in complete anonymity, contact certain nominated 
members of senior management to raise any concerns. These 
concerns are then investigated independently and the results shared 
with the whistleblower for further discussion if appropriate. This process 
is communicated to all colleagues annually to their home addresses, 
and details are also made available to colleagues on a dedicated 
section of the group intranet, HSS World. The whistleblowing policy 
was updated during 2016 and approved by the Board. 

Modern Slavery Act 2015
As a result of the introduction of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the 
Group has introduced a Code of Ethics, a Modern Slavery Act  
policy for colleagues and has rolled out training programmes for  
staff. The Group has also increased its level of supplier due diligence.  
The Group will publish its first Modern Slavery Act statement on its 
website during 2017.

Going concern and long-term viability statement
Note 1(g) of the Financial Statements sets out the basis on which the 
Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

In summary, taking into account the adequacy of the Group’s debt 
facilities, current and future developments and the principal risks and 
uncertainties (see page 30), and after making appropriate enquiries,  
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. 

Accordingly they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Financial Statements included within this Annual Report.

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2014, the Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over 
a three-year period, taking into account the Group’s current position, 
strategic plans, and the potential impact of the principal risks and 
uncertainties documented on pages 30 to 33. Based on this 
assessment, and all other matters considered and reviewed at Board 
level during the year, the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 28 December 2019.

Whilst the Directors have no reason to believe the Group is not viable 
over a longer period they have determined that three years is the 
appropriate time over which to provide the viability statement because:

 → it reflects a period over which the Directors can have a reasonable 
view of the future in the context of the market environment in which 
the Group operates; and

 → it is consistent with the time covered by the Group’s current strategic 

plans and model.

The Group’s annual budgeting and forecasting process involves the 
preparation of an annual budget, and a rolling three-year strategic 
model that also includes planned strategic actions and other specific 
assumptions regarding revenue growth, cost trends and capital 
expenditure across the Group.

Where appropriate, sensitivity analysis is undertaken to test the 
resilience of the Group to various scenarios. Whilst all of the principal 
risks and uncertainties were considered, the following were considered 
in greater detail during the sensitivity analysis: macroeconomic 
conditions and competitor challenge, in addition to a changing  
cost profile. 

The principal effects assessed, together with their impact on the 
Group’s Financial Statements, were therefore:

 → reductions in revenue growth rates, and associated impacts  

on capex and variable cost base;

 → increases in costs/rates of cost growth – distribution, stock 

maintenance, rehire costs and inflation, independent of changes  
to revenue profile/growth rates;

 → change in capex costs and requirements; and

 → changes in finance cost – LIBOR increases, affecting RCF  

service cost.

In addition to the mitigating factors identified on pages 31 to 33, the 
Board noted that: the Group has a diversified customer base; a history 
of winning new customers; and low customer concentration with no 
single customer currently accounting for more than 10% of revenues 
and the top 20 customers accounting for less than 25% of revenues. 
Alongside this the Group has a continuous profile of lease expiries that 
allows a material portion of the portfolio to be exited in any one year  
and the Group’s ability to match capital investment to customer 
demand acts to support cash generation. 

With regards to sources of finance, the Board has no reason to believe 
the Group will not be able to re-finance the Group’s existing £136m 
senior secured notes and revolving credit facility before they become 
repayable in 2019.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information48

Corporate Governance  
Continued

Statement on disclosure of information to the auditor
The Directors who held office as at 5 April 2017 each confirm that:

a)  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and 

b)  he/she has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as  

a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the company’s auditor is aware of 
that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Remuneration
The Remuneration and Audit Committees are composed exclusively 
of Independent Non-Executive Directors, able to judge and achieve 
an appropriate balance between incentivising Executive Directors 
and the potential impact on the Company’s risk profile.

The Remuneration Committee (whose make-up, remit and 
report are set out on pages 54 to 61) sets the policy for and detail 
of Executive remuneration. 

The Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Amanda Burton, has 
significant prior experience on the remuneration committees of other 
listed companies including, but not limited to, Galliford Try plc, Monitise 
plc and Countryside Properties plc.

Relations with shareholders and other 
capital providers
Shareholder engagement
The Board remains committed to communicating with shareholders 
and stakeholders in a clear and open manner, and seeks to ensure 
effective engagement through the Company’s website, its public 
announcements, the AGM and other investor relations activities.

In addition to its ongoing reporting obligations, the Company 
undertakes a programme of meetings with existing and/or potential 
institutional investors and equity analysts, led by the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer. These meetings, together with 
investor feedback collected via our brokers, enable the Company to 
assess prevailing analyst and investor sentiment and to obtain external 
feedback on how the Group’s performance and strategy is perceived 
and considered. A summary report on investor interaction and 
feedback is provided to each Board meeting through the year to  
keep the wider Board informed of these activities and findings.

During 2016 there have been a total of over 50 such meetings/
presentations, one externally facilitated investor conference has  
been attended and a HSS capital markets day was held at our  
NDEC, in Cowley.

As well as such meetings and announcements, teleconference calls 
are held with institutional investors and analysts throughout the year; 
copies of relevant presentation materials are made available on the 
Company’s website to the extent they differ from the latest publicly 
released results presentations.

All Directors are expected to attend the AGM, providing shareholders 
with the opportunity to question them about issues relating to the 
Group, either during the meeting or informally afterwards. The 
Non-Executive Directors are available for discussion with shareholders 
on matters under their areas of responsibility either in person at the 
AGM or at any other time via the Company Secretary. 

The Company reports its financial results to shareholders twice a year, 
with the publication of its Annual and Half-Year Financial Reports. 
Shorter, less detailed trading updates are also provided to the market 
on a quarterly basis. 

The Company also produces quarterly financial reports consolidated  
at the Hero Acquisitions Limited group level to meet the reporting 
obligations of the Notes issued in February 2014. The Notes are held 
within HSS Financing plc, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Hero 
Acquisitions Limited, itself a wholly owned subsidiary of HSS Hire 
Group plc. The quarterly reports are therefore principally of use to 
noteholders as they provide information on the financial performance  
of the Notes’ guarantor group rather than the Company and Group.  
To aid shareholders’ understanding of the difference between Hero 
Acquisitions Limited’s and HSS Hire Group plc’s consolidated results, 
the Company provides the afore mentioned trading updates for HSS 
Hire Group plc on a quarterly basis.

All of the above mentioned reports are made available for download to 
noteholders and shareholders in the investor relations section of the 
Company’s website, www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations.

Significant shareholders
Based on TR-1 notifications received, the parties who hold 3% or  
more of the issued share capital of the Company as at 5 April 2017  
are as follows: 

Name

Exponent(1)

Toscafund Asset 
Management LLP(2)

Standard Life Capital 
Partners LLP

Number of ordinary 
shares of 1p

85,681,709

% holding

50.34%

43,384,064

25.49%

13,958,979

8.20%

(1) Comprises shareholdings held by Exponent Private Equity Partners GP Ltd (UK) 

and Exponent Havana Co-Invest Partners (UK). 

(2) Comprises shareholdings held by the Tosca Mid-Cap fund, the Tosca Opportunity 

fund and the Pegasus fund.

Details of Directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital 
are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 54  
to 61.

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s Annual General Meeting will be held at 11.00am on 
14 June 2017 at Hilton Garden Inn, Hatton Cross. All shareholders are 
invited to the Company’s AGM, at which they will have the opportunity 
to put questions to the Board. Details of the resolutions proposed 
and being voted on are provided in the Notice of AGM provided to 
shareholders and available for download at the Group website,  
www.hsshiregroup.com. 

Relations with other capital providers
As part of the reporting requirements of the Notes we report 
consolidated results for the Hero Acquisitions Limited group to 
noteholders on a quarterly basis. This includes a conference call,  
where noteholders have the opportunity to speak with the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. During 2016 we also 
invited other capital providers to the capital markets day at our  
NDEC. The Board continues to recognise the contribution made  
by noteholders, and all other providers of capital to the growth and 
performance of the Group and welcomes the views of such parties  
in relation to the Group’s approach to corporate governance.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee 
Report

49

In its first full calendar year 
of operation since IPO, the 
Committee has undertaken 
a broader range of activities, 
including an increased  
focus on the usage of, and 
potential risks and mitigation 
associated with, digital 
technology across the Group.
Douglas Robertson 
Committee Chairman

Dear shareholder,

On behalf of the Audit Committee (the Committee), I am pleased to 
present our report for the 2016 financial year. 

The Committee has reviewed the contents of the 2016 Annual Report 
and Accounts and advised the Board that it considers the Report to  
be fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Roles and responsibilities
The Committee has responsibility for overseeing the financial reporting 
and internal financial and risk management controls of the Group, as well 
as maintaining an appropriate relationship with the external auditor of the 
Group and reporting its findings and recommendations to the Board.

The Committee’s full terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website at www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations/
corporate-governance. A summary of its key responsibilities include:

 → receiving and reviewing the Annual Report and Accounts and  
half-yearly Financial Statements and all related public financial 
announcements and advising the Board on whether the Annual 
Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable;

 → receiving and reviewing reports from the external auditor;

 → monitoring the external auditor’s effectiveness and independence 
and approving their appointment and their terms of engagement;

 → monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management system;

 → reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal financial 
controls and internal control and compliance systems, and advising 
the Board as appropriate; and

 → overseeing the Group’s procedures for detecting fraud and 

whistleblowing arrangements.

Activities
The Committee met six times in 2016. All members attended  
these meetings.

The Committee’s core activities during 2016 included, and will  
include in 2017:

 → planning agenda items and work schedule for the year;

 → approving external auditors and audit plan;

 → defining and approving the non-audit policy and subsequent  

annual review;

 → reviewing accounting policies;

 → reviewing and enhancing disclosure in areas of judgement  
of estimates within the notes to the Financial Statements;

 → reviewing internal control systems;

 → regular review of the work and findings of the internal audit function;

 → considering risk management systems; and

 → reviewing the risk register.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information50

Audit Committee Report 
Continued

Specific additional work streams undertaken by the Committee during 
the year included:

 → reviewing the internal bespoke ERP system and associated risks;

 → assessing the Group’s exposure to cyber risk;

 → reviewing data protection regulation compliance; 

 → assessing the implications of the EU Market Abuse Regulation 

(MAR); and

 → completing an Audit Committee effectiveness review.

A more detailed explanation of each of these work streams is  
provided below: 

External financial reporting
The Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the 
Financial Statements and reviewing compliance with legal, regulatory 
and statutory requirements, giving due consideration to the provisions 
of the Combined Code.

The Committee reviewed the annual and interim Financial Statements 
and trading updates released during the year with particular focus on 
the following significant areas:

 → hire stock existence and valuation;

 → carrying value of goodwill and other intangible and tangible assets;

 → revenue recognition – cut-off, sales rebates and credit  

Reviewing the internal bespoke ERP system 
The Group maintains a specialist, internally built and managed ERP 
solution called Spanner. At the request of the Committee, the IT 
Director presented a risk assessment of the system, highlighting its 
strengths, development opportunities, risks of using the system and  
the associated mitigating actions and the risks and limitations of moving 
to an alternative third-party solution. Actions in relation to the upgrade 
and further development of Spanner were recommended and the 
proposed work streams will be reviewed during FY17.

Cyber risk assessment
At the request of the Committee, the IT Director presented a paper 
outlining the potential cyber risks faced by the Group, the current 
mitigating actions applied, giving specific examples of the effectiveness 
of these measures, and identifying areas where the approach to cyber 
risk could be further enhanced. Specific actions to continually improve 
the Group’s approach to cyber risk were recommended and the more 
detailed implementation proposals will be reviewed during FY17.

Reviewing data protection regulation compliance
During the year the Committee reviewed the Group’s compliance  
with the eight principles of the Data Protection Act. A small number of 
enhancements for existing policies and procedures, staff training and 
internal audit workstreams were identified and will be implemented 
during FY17.

Assessing the implications of the EU MAR
The Committee considered the implications of the EU’s new Market 
Abuse Regulation which took effect in July 2016, including the need for 
suitable training for the Board and for appropriate and effective systems 
and controls to be in place to ensure continued compliance with MAR.

Audit Committee effectiveness review
At the end of 2016, all Directors answered a Board evaluation 
questionnaire which also covered the operation of each of the four 
Committees. The questionnaire covered items including the suitability 
of each Committee’s terms of reference and composition, its perceived 
effectiveness and performance during the year. The Committee was 
assessed to be functioning effectively. All comments from Directors 
have been received and reviewed by the members of the Committee 
and where appropriate integrated into the Committee’s 2017  
planning schedule.

note provisions; 

 → onerous lease provisions; and

 → exceptional items.

These areas are identified as significant due to their complexity, size, 
level of judgement required and/or potential impact on the Financial 
Statements and our strategy.

An overview of each of these areas is set out below:

Hire stock existence and valuation
Rental income earned on materials and equipment held for hire which  
is owned by the Group (hire stock) is a large component of the Group’s 
revenues. As such the existence of hire stock is important to the 
ongoing ability of the Group to generate revenue from its assets. 
Certain of the Group’s funding arrangements are also linked to specific 
assets or asset classes. The Committee has therefore given careful 
consideration to the controls in place to verify the physical existence 
and appropriate valuation of hire stock together with the processes for 
verifying the reliability of the accounting systems and records, and have 
concluded that appropriate systems are in place.

Carrying value of goodwill and other intangible and tangible assets
The carrying value of goodwill, intangible and tangible assets was 
reviewed at the year end. A consistent methodology is applied to each 
of the individual cash-generating units, taking account of market 
outlook, risk-adjusted discounted future cash flows, sensitivities and 
other factors which may have a bearing on impairment considerations. 
As a result of this work the Committee has concluded that no 
impairment provisions are required.

Revenue recognition – cut-off, revenue-related rebates and  
credit note provisions
The Committee examined the procedures and controls in place to 
ensure that the reporting and recognition of revenue, especially for 
open hires over the year end, and also whether the recognition of any 
revenue-related rebate accruals or credit note provisions is appropriate 
and complete.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201651

Onerous lease provisions
The Committee reviewed with management the basis of property-
related provisions for properties that the Group no longer utilises  
(dark stores), including the estimates and judgements applied by 
management in assessing the existence and level of provision. The 
Committee assesses that the approach adopted is reasonable.

Exceptional items
The Committee reviewed with management the expenses classified 
 as exceptional during the year, which included costs relating to the 
parallel operations of the Group’s new NDEC, the cost reduction plan 
implemented during the year and onerous leases on dark stores.  
The Committee assesses that the approach adopted in respect of 
exceptional items is appropriate.

External auditor
The Committee oversees the Group’s relationship with the external 
auditor (BDO) and formally reviews the relationship, policies and 
procedures to ensure their independence. BDO also reports to the 
Committee on the steps it has taken through the year to safeguard  
its independence and to comply with the relevant professional and 
regulatory requirements.

BDO has been auditor to certain companies within the Group for  
13 years since its appointment in respect of the 2004 year end, with  
the lead audit partner being rotated on a regular basis, most recently in 
2015. The last tender for the audit of HSS Hire Service Group Limited 
and its subsidiaries occurred in 2005.

BDO has been auditors to the Public Interest Equity, HSS Hire Group 
plc for two years, following its incorporation in January 2015. It is the 
Group’s intention to put the Audit of the Public Interest Entity out to 
tender at least once every ten years. The Company has therefore 
complied with the relevant provisions of the Competition and Markets 
Authority Final Order on the statutory audit market and The Statutory 
Auditors and Third Country Auditors Regulations 2016 (SI 2016/649) 
and the transitional arrangements therein for the year ended  
31 December 2016.

During the year the Committee has reviewed and agreed the scope  
of BDO’s work, its audit fees and terms of engagement for the half- 
year interim results review and full-year FY16 audit. The fees for audit 
services paid to BDO are set out in note 6 of the Financial Statements.

The Committee also reviewed the effectiveness of the external audit 
process during the year. This assessment was based on the 
Committee’s interaction with BDO at Committee meetings and through 
feedback from the Group Finance team on their interaction with BDO. 
As a result of this exercise, the Committee has satisfied itself that BDO 
continues to provide an effective external audit service to the Company 
and its subsidiaries and the Committee has made a recommendation 
to the Board that a resolution for the re-appointment of BDO be 
proposed at the AGM.

Non-audit work and independence
The Committee maintains a policy for non-audit services provided by 
the Group’s external auditors which segregates services into Permitted 
Engagements, Excluded Engagements and Potential Engagements. 
The policy is available on the Group’s website at www.hsshiregroup.
com/investor-relations/corporate-governance. The policy is designed 
to ensure that in the event the Group’s external auditors are engaged 
to provide non-audit services the provision of those services does 
not impair nor can it be to seen to impair the external auditor’s 
independence and objectivity. 

In 2016, BDO did not provide any non-audit related services to the Group, 
and as such, combined with a wider consideration of the interaction with 
the auditors through the course of the year, the Committee concluded that 
the independence of the auditors has not been compromised in any way. 

Risk management and internal controls
An overview of the Company’s approach to risk, risk management and 
internal controls through 2016, together with a summary of the principal 
risks facing the Group, is provided on pages 30 to 33.

During 2016 the Committee reviewed the overall risk management  
and internal control framework, the work and role of the internal audit 
team and the underlying process for capturing and reporting risk and 
control data. This assessment was assisted through the provision of 
various documents through the year by the CFO, Risk and Assurance 
Director and other senior personnel in the head office functions.  
These documents include, but were not limited to: quarterly risk 
management summary documents, which assess any changes in  
risk profiles, descriptions and ratings through the year; and quarterly 
summaries of work completed and work planned by the internal audit 
team, assessing both areas of risk and the existing controls in place.

As a result of this review, and the workstreams undertaken through  
the year, the Committee has satisfied itself that the Group has an 
appropriate risk management and internal control framework in place. 
This work will continue in 2017.

Whistleblowing
The Committee believes that appropriate arrangements and policies 
are in place to facilitate the proportionate and independent investigation 
of, and implementation of appropriate follow-up action in relation to, 
confidential concerns raised by staff via the whistleblowing process 
(see page 47).

Meeting schedule
The Committee meets at least three times a year at appropriate times  
in the financial reporting and audit cycle. Additional meetings can be 
scheduled where deemed necessary by the Chairman. The external 
auditor, Chief Financial Officer and Risk and Assurance Director are 
normally invited to attend a number of these meetings. Other members 
of the senior management team attend as invited and as appropriate to 
the content matter being discussed.

Douglas Robertson 
Committee Chairman

5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information52

Market Disclosure 
Committee Report

Nomination 
Committee Report

The Committee has played 
an important role in the 
evolution of the Group’s 
organisational structure  
during 2016 with changes  
at both Board and senior 
management levels as we 
simplify and shape the 
business to better match  
how we operate and how we 
trade with our customers. 
Alan Peterson 
Committee Chairman

There were no circumstances 
during the year where the 
Market Disclosure Committee 
was required to meet in lieu  
of a full Board meeting. 
Amanda Burton 
Committee Chair

Dear shareholder

On behalf of the Market Disclosure Committee (the Committee),  
I am pleased to present our report for the 2016 financial year. 

Roles and responsibilities
The Committee’s full terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website at www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations/
corporate-governance. A summary of its key responsibilities include:

 → ensuring that the Company complies with its disclosure 

requirements under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules; and

 → considering certain information and deciding whether such 

information is insider information and whether it gives rise to an 
obligation to make an announcement.

Activities
The Committee did not meet in 2016. There were no circumstances 
during the year where the Committee was required to meet in lieu of  
a full Board meeting.

Meeting schedule
The Committee will meet as often as is deemed necessary. The 
membership of the Committee is flexible in order to facilitate speed of 
action in the event of market sensitive information arising at short notice.

Amanda Burton 
Committee Chair

5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201653

Dear shareholder

On behalf of the Nomination Committee (the Committee), I am pleased 
to present our report for the 2016 financial year. 

Roles and responsibilities
The Committee’s full terms of reference can be found on the 
Company’s website at www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations/
corporate-governance. A summary of its key responsibilities  
include overseeing:

 → Board and senior management appointments, to evaluate the 
balance of skills, knowledge, experience, independence and 
diversity on the Board;

 → Board composition, including the balance of Executive and 

Non-Executive Directors;

 → succession planning;

 → strategic issues and commercial changes affecting the Group  

and the market in which it operates; and

 → Board and sub Committee performance evaluation.

Our approach
The Committee’s primary purpose is to ensure that the Group has  
the best possible leadership and clear plans for Director succession.  
Its primary focus is therefore to concentrate upon the strength of the 
Board and the selection of the best candidates for posts, based on 
objective criteria and with due regard to the benefits of diversity.

Policy on diversity
In performing its activities through the year, the Committee has applied 
the Group’s equality and diversity policy, which it believes is appropriate 
for application at all levels of the business, including Board and senior 
management appointments and/or succession planning. Further detail 
on the Group’s equality and diversity policy is provided on page 62.

Activities
The Nomination Committee had three scheduled meetings in 2016  
to deal with routine business, as well as liaising on ad hoc matters  
(such as directorate changes) arising over the course of the year. 

At the meeting held in January 2016, the findings of the internal and 
external Board evaluations in respect of FY15 were considered  
and resulting actions, including the realignment of the Group’s 
organisational leadership structure with the evolving operational  
model, were approved. The March 2016 meeting then reviewed  
the implementation of the actions agreed at the January meeting. 

Following the resignation of Neil Sachdev from his role as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director, which was announced on  
20 April 2016 and which became effectively immediately in respect  
of the Committee, in order to remain compliant with the Code,  
Tom Sweet-Escott stepped down from the Committee at the  
April 2016 Board meeting. 

In the meeting held in September, the approach and timeline for the 
2016 Board evaluation was agreed, senior management potential  
and succession planning was discussed and the current externally 
facilitated development programmes in use within the Group were 
reviewed. The composition of the Board and the internal Executive 
team was also reviewed and discussed. The Committee also 
undertook a review of its terms of reference which were approved 
without any changes required. The Committee’s terms of reference  
can be found on the Company’s website at www.hsshiregroup.com/
investor-relations/corporate-governance.

The Committee also liaised on directorate changes during the course  
of 2016, in particular in relation to the resignations of Steve Trowbridge 
and Neil Sachdev and the subsequent appointment of an Interim Chief 
Financial Officer in April 2016 before the appointment of Paul Quested 
as Chief Financial Officer which was announced in May 2016.

The Group engaged with Blackwood Recruitment LLP (Blackwood), 
an external search consultancy firm, to assist in the search for each of 
these individuals. The Group has previously engaged with Blackwood 
in relation to other senior management roles and for the purposes of  
the external Board evaluation conducted in 2015. The Group continues 
to maintain an arm’s length relationship with Blackwood.

So far in 2017 one meeting has been held in March to discuss  
the findings and to agree the actions following the FY16 internal  
Board evaluation. 

Board evaluation
Following the use of external advisers as part of an evaluation of 
Executive Directors and senior management from 2015 to 2016, the 
Board elected not to appoint external advisers for the FY16 Board 
evaluation. The FY16 Board evaluation therefore comprised an internal 
evaluation of the Board using feedback collated from Board members’ 
responses to an evaluation questionnaire (the questionnaire). The 
questionnaire addressed the key requirements of the Code in relation  
to the Board and its sub-committees, including each Committee’s 
terms of reference, composition and frequency of meetings. 

In relation to the Board, additional questions focused on leadership,  
the relationship between the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, 
the role of the Chairman, issues of material importance concerning  
the Group and information on the Group’s risk management systems. 
The responses to the questionnaire were discussed by the Committee 
and the Board, with the Committee determining any required actions 
following the evaluation. 

Following a discussion of the responses, the Committee considered it 
appropriate to focus on the following four actions areas during 2017:

 → Composition of the Board. Noting that the Group currently 

complies with requirements in terms of number of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, the Committee nevertheless 
acknowledged the benefits a further Independent Non-Executive 
Director with the appropriate skill set could bring to the Board at an 
appropriate stage to be determined in due course.

 → Board meetings. Whilst both the Board and the Committee had 

noted the need for the Board’s attention to be focused on operational 
matters over the period of significant operational change in the 
Group, the Committee noted the Board’s wish to include more 
strategic discussion at Board meetings going forwards.

 → Communication. Over the course of the year, the Board feedback 
had shown that the nature and style of reporting made available to 
the Board had improved. This could be improved further through  
the provision of more concise and yet more frequent reporting to  
the Board as and when required.

 →  Succession planning. The Committee noted that good progress 
had been made, but noted the importance of continuing to build 
talent through the Group to ensure greater strength in depth.

In addition to the 2016 Board evaluation, the Committee played  
an integral role in reviewing and approving organisational changes 
proposed by the Executive Directors to simplify and shape the business 
to better match how we operate and how we trade with our customers. 
These actions reflected the conclusions drawn from the review of the 
Blackwood Evaluation (completed in 2016 and referred to in the 2015 
Annual Report), which focused on identifying talented individuals for 
promotion and their specific development needs.

Meeting schedule
In 2017, the Committee has scheduled meetings in March and July  
and any additional meetings will be arranged as required.

Alan Peterson 
Committee Chairman

5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information54

Directors’ Remuneration  
Report

The Committee has continued 
to review the appropriateness 
of the reward framework 
through the year and has 
made one change to the 
measures attaching to the 
annual bonus. We also 
continued to exercise restraint; 
no amount was awarded 
under the personal objectives 
element of our annual bonus 
in recognition that the financial 
targets were not met.
Amanda Burton  
Committee Chair

Dear shareholder

I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, our Directors’ 
Remuneration Report in respect of the year ended 31 December 2016. 

The Group’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved at the  
FY16 AGM with a vote in favour of 99.96% and can be reviewed in  
the 2015 Annual Report available at hssannualreport2015.com. 

The Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides details of the 
remuneration earned by Directors in the year ended 31 December 
2016 and how we intend to apply the Directors’ Remuneration Policy  
in FY17, is available on page 56. At the FY16 AGM, to be held on  
14 June 2017, the Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject 
to an advisory vote.

The Committee’s terms of reference can be found on the  
Company’s website at www.hsshiregroup.com/investor-relations/
corporate-governance.

How we link executive remuneration to our strategy
We take a disciplined approach to executive remuneration, ensuring 
that we incentivise and reward the right behaviours to support  
the overall strategy of the Group. Our executive remuneration 
arrangements are designed to support the Company’s three strategic 
priorities. In the summary below, we have highlighted how certain 
elements of the remuneration policy are related to the strategic enablers 
which underpin those strategic priorities.

Annual  
bonus

Deferred  
Bonus  
Plan

LTIP

All  
employee  
share  
plan

Focus on profitability and growth: The two 
principal performance measures for the annual 
bonus are Adjusted EBITA, and Net Debt Ratio  
(Net Debt/Adjusted EBITDA) reflecting our focus  
on cash generative profitability and growth and  
a healthy balance sheet. 

Ensure safe, sustainable working 
environments for colleagues and customers: 
We use a health and safety measure as  
the strategic objective for the annual bonus, 
reflecting that this is a key market differentiator  
for our customers.

Focus on profitability and growth: The 
deferral of any bonus over 50% of the maximum 
strengthens alignment between executive reward 
and the longer-term profitability and growth of  
the business. 

Focus on profitability and growth: The  
Adjusted EPS element of the LTIP awards captures 
long-term earnings growth and the delivery of  
value to shareholders over the longer term.

Drive availability and operational efficiency: 
The use of ROCE reflects the focus on operational 
and capital efficiency.

Invest in our colleagues: We adopted an 
all employee SAYE scheme at IPO (in 2015) 
to enable the wider workforce to share in value 
created and strengthen a team ethos. The 
scheme was launched during the Autumn of 
2016, with payments by colleagues commencing 
in December 2016. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201655

LTIP
The first awards under the LTIP were made in April 2016 and, taking into 
account the prevailing share price, were at the level of 100% of salary 
(with smaller awards for below board participants). 

It is the Remuneration Committee’s intention to again grant a maximum 
opportunity of 100% of salary in 2017, rather than the usual maximum 
opportunity of 125% allowed under our policy, taking into account the 
current share price, but this will be assessed at the time. Awards will 
vest subject to performance over a three-year period ending with the 
Company’s 2019 financial year. The performance conditions will be 
based on Adjusted EPS (as regards 75% of the award) and ROCE  
(as regards 25% of the award). The grant of awards under the LTIP  
and the targets attaching are currently under review by the Committee. 
Grants will be deferred until after our mid-year results by which time the 
Committee consider it will be able to attach appropriate and stretching 
EPS and ROCE targets. These will be disclosed in our interim results 
RNS announcement and in the 2017 DRR in full.

The LTIP awards will continue to include a two-year holding period 
following the end of the performance period, demonstrating our 
commitment to shareholders and recognising the importance 
of stewardship within our business. 

I hope that you will agree that these proposals continue to reflect 
a sensible, disciplined approach to Executive Director remuneration  
and that you will support the resolution being proposed at the FY16 
AGM in relation to the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

Amanda Burton 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

5 April 2017

At a glance summary: Executive  
Directors’ remuneration
 → No annual bonus to be paid in respect of FY16 (see page 57).

 → No change in maximum bonus opportunity for FY17. Bonus will  
be based on Adjusted EBITA (45%), Net Debt Ratio (45%) and  
Health and Safety (10%) (see page 61). 

 → Salaries for FY17 will be considered in June at the same time as  

for the wider workforce. Any increase will be in line with the range  
of increases awarded to other employees.

 → FY17 LTIP awards to be made later in 2017 but to be based on 
Adjusted EPS and ROCE targets and which we are expecting  
to continue to be scaled back to 100% of salary (lower for other  
senior management) although this will be assessed at the time  
(see page 61).

 → Following its introduction for our first awards in FY16, a two-year 
holding period will again be applied to any FY17 LTIP awards 
following the performance period (see page 61). 

Our policy on executive remuneration is designed to promote the 
long-term success of the Company, in line with our focus on profitability 
and growth. The policy aligns the interests of shareholders and 
executives by the use of shareholding guidelines. Alignment is further 
enhanced by the deferral of part of the bonus under the Deferred Bonus 
Plan and the two-year holding period applied to any LTIPs awarded by 
the Company. 

FY16 performance and annual bonus outcome
FY16 was the first full year of operation of our Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy. The policy was subject to a binding shareholder vote at the 2016 
AGM and following approval by shareholders (a vote in favour of 
99.96%) the policy became effective from that date.

The Group’s performance in FY16 is summarised on pages 26 to 29. 
Whilst we continued to deliver strong revenue growth through the  
year, significantly ahead of the growth figures reported by the ERA 
for the UK tool and equipment hire market, and largely completed our 
transformational operational investment, our Adjusted EBITA only grew 
1.0% year on year. Accordingly we did not meet threshold EBITA 
performance and no financial element of the bonus has been earned.  
In recognition of this and despite strong personal performance by 
our executive, the Committee has decided that no amount under 
the strategic element of the annual bonus will be paid.

The Company’s first long-term incentive awards were granted  
under the LTIP in April 2016 and therefore there was no vesting  
during the year. 

Reward for FY17
Executive Director salaries
In line with the salary review timetable for all other employees, the 
Executive Directors’ base salaries were reviewed during June 2016. 
John Gill’s salary was maintained at the same level as in FY15, whereas 
salaries in the wider workforce grew by 0.9%. Our newly appointed 
CFO, Paul Quested, did not receive a salary increase in 2016. This 
timetable will be followed again in June 2017, with any changes taking 
effect from 1 July 2017. Any increase is expected to be modest and  
in line with the range of salary increases awarded to other employees  
in the Group. 

Annual bonus
The overall bonus opportunity will remain at 100% of salary. The 
Committee reviewed the bonus measures and their relevance to the 
business and the key areas of focus for the senior team over the next  
12 months. As a consequence of this review we have introduced a new 
financial metric alongside the Adjusted EBITA measure, of Net Debt/
Adjusted EBITDA (we refer to this as the Net Debt Ratio or NDR), with 
equal weightings across both measures equating to 45% of the bonus 
for each. The balance for personal objectives has been reduced to 10% 
and the sole metric will be based on health and safety performance. 
This re-balancing recognises that the cash generated by the business 
has equal importance to the profitability, and that converting profits  
into cash which can then manage our debt levels and the quality of  
our capital base is particularly important. 

While the Adjusted EBITA and NDR targets are not disclosed for 
commercial confidentiality reasons, consistent with the approach 
adopted for 2016, we will disclose them in full in the 2017 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report (DRR) when we report the performance  
out-turn for 2017. The targets have been set by reference to the 2017 
budget and require outperformance of the budget for the maximum 
Adjusted EBITA and NDR elements of the bonus to be earned. The 
personal objectives have been simplified and reflect one key area for 
the business in terms of health and safety performance. No amount 
can be earned under this element unless target EBITA is achieved.  
The health and safety performance targets are similarly confidential.  
We will report in the 2017 DRR on how we performed against these 
targets and how any bonus earned for 2017 by reference to them 
reflects 2017’s performance. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information56

Directors’ Remuneration  
Report Continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
The following section provides detail in respect of remuneration paid to Directors during the year in line with the Remuneration Policy approved  
by shareholders at the FY16 AGM. 

Single figure table
The following table sets out total remuneration for each Director in respect of FY16 and FY15: 

Executive Directors
John Gill(1)

Steve Trowbridge(2)(3)(4)

Paul Quested(5)

Non-Executive Directors
Alan Peterson

Amanda Burton

Douglas Robertson

Neil Sachdev(6)

Thomas Sweet-Escott(7)

Total (Executive and  
Non-Executive Directors)

Salary and fees
£000

Benefits
£000

Annual bonus
£000

LTIP
£000

Pension
£000

Total remuneration 
£000

FY16

FY15 

FY16

FY15 

FY16

FY15 

FY16

FY15 

FY16

FY15 

FY16

FY15 

326

68

99

289

214

–

150 

139

50

50

28

40

49

49

59

40

22 

10

10

–

–

–

–

–

20

100

–

(16)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

21

16

–

–

–

–

–

–

811

839

42

120

(16)

37

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

33

7

3

–

–

–

–

–

29

21

–

–

–

–

–

–

381 

69 

112

359

351

–

150

139

50 

50 

28

40

49

49

59

40

43

50

880

1,046

(1) John Gill was appointed as CEO on 25 September 2015. His FY15 salary therefore reflects his role as both COO and CEO during the year. 
(2) Steve Trowbridge resigned as a Director on 20 April 2016. The figures in the table above for FY16 therefore reflect his remuneration earned from the start of FY16 until the  

date of his resignation as a Director. 

(3) Steve Trowbridge’s FY15 benefits figure includes a one-off payment equal to £78,645 in relation to the acquisition of Company shares prior to Admission. 
(4) The FY15 Annual Report showed a bonus of £16k due to Steve Trowbridge. Following his resignation this bonus was not paid to Steve Trowbridge and his annual bonus  

and total remuneration figures in respect of FY16 have been adjusted accordingly in the above table.

(5) Paul Quested was appointed as CFO on 22 August 2016. His salary therefore reflects his salary from this date until 31 December 2016.
(6) Neil Sachdev resigned as a Director on 20 April 2016, effective from 15 June 2016, the date on which the FY16 AGM was held. The figures in the table above reflect his 

remuneration earned from the start of FY16 until the 15 June 2016, his effective date of resignation as a Director.

(7) Thomas Sweet-Escott’s fee is paid directly to Exponent.

The figures in these single figure tables above are derived from the following:

Salary and fees

The amount of salary/fees received in the year (up to the date of resignation as a Director in the case of Directors  
who left during the year or from the date of appointment for Directors who joined during the year).

Benefits

Annual bonus

Pension

The taxable value of benefits received in the year (up to the date of resignation as a Director in the case of Directors 
who left during the year or from the date of appointment for Directors who joined during the year). These are principally 
medical insurance, company car or car allowance and SAYE options granted during the year. SAYE options are valued 
based on the difference between the market value of the shares at grant and the exercise price and, subject to the rule 
of the scheme, will ordinarily vest on 1 January 2020 and be exercisable for a period of six months.

The annual bonus is the cash value of the bonus earned in respect of the year (up to the date of resignation as a Director 
in the case of Directors who left during the year or from the date of appointment for Directors who joined during the 
year). The bonus for the full financial year is disclosed below.

The pension figure represents the Company’s contributions to the defined contribution scheme and any cash payment 
in lieu of pension contributions made in the year (up to the date of resignation as a Director in the case of Directors who 
left during the year or from the date of appointment for Directors who joined during the year). 

Additional disclosures in respect of the single figure table
Base salary
Details of annual base salaries for Executive Directors for FY16 and FY15 are set out below.

Executive Directors
John Gill

Steve Trowbridge(1)

Paul Quested(1)

(1) Steve Trowbridge resigned as a Director on 20 April 2016. Paul Quested was appointed as CFO on 22 August 2016. 

Base salary at  
26 December 
2015 
£000

Base salary at 
31 December 
2016 
£000

326

218

–

326

–

260

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201657

FY16 annual bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan
Subject to performance against targets which support the strategic direction of the Group, the Executive Directors are eligible to earn an annual 
bonus in respect of each financial year. 

In our 2015 Annual Report the Executive Directors were awarded a maximum bonus opportunity equal to 100% of base salary and the 
performance measures for any annual bonus awarded in respect of FY16 were defined as (1) Adjusted EBITA and (2) personal/strategic measures 
in a weighting of 85%:15%. 

Adjusted EBITA targets for future financial years are not disclosed for commercial confidentiality reasons, but are reported in respect of the  
financial year being reported on to give context for any bonus amounts awarded. The personal and strategic measures are similarly confidential, 
but tie directly into the Company’s strategy and support the strategic enablers which underpin the achievement of our strategic priorities. 

Under the Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP), in the event that Executive Directors are awarded an annual bonus in excess of 50% of the maximum annual 
bonus opportunity for that year, they are required to defer any annual bonus award earned in excess of 50% of the maximum award into shares 
over a two-year period. 

The Committee may decide to pay the whole of the bonus earned in cash where the amount to be deferred would, in the opinion of the Committee, 
be so small as to make operation of the DBP administratively burdensome. Deferred shares will typically take the form of nil-cost share options  
but may be structured as an alternative form of share award. Deferred shares are not subject to any additional performance metrics after the 
application of the performance metrics which determines the amount of annual bonus award earned.

The following sections set out the bonuses earned by the Executive Directors for FY16 and how this reflects performance for the year. 

Adjusted EBITA element

Performance measure

Adjusted EBITA

Proportion  
of bonus  
determined  
by measure

Threshold  
performance 

Target  
performance

Maximum  
performance

Actual  
performance

Bonus  
earned  
(% of salary)

85%

£28.3m

£29.8m

£32.0m

£20.5m

0%

Strategic element 
The strategic element of each Executive Director’s annual bonus opportunity was based on a number of different performance measures,  
both qualitative and quantitative, reflecting the Company’s strategic priorities and the strategic enablers which underpin them. The Executive 
Directors delivered strong performance against key priorities which included: continued improvement in the Group’s NPS; continued reduction 
in the Group’s RIDDOR; and the continued development of the senior management team. However, after careful consideration, the Committee 
determined that no amount should be paid in respect of this element of the bonus on the basis that financial targets were not met.

FY16 long-term incentives 
The first awards were granted under the Company’s LTIP in April 2016, in respect of FY16. The following table summarises those awards granted 
to Executive Directors of the year during FY16.

Paul Quested’s FY16 LTIP Awards were granted in September 2016 following his appointment as CFO in August 2016. The awards were scaled 
back to reflect his reduced period of employment over the performance period. 

John Gill

John Gill

Steve Trowbridge

Steve Trowbridge

Paul Quested

Paul Quested

Market value  
at grant

Share price used to 
determine the award

% of award vesting  
at threshold

Type of  
award

LTIP

CSOP(1)

LTIP(2)

CSOP(1)(2)

LTIP

Number  
of shares 

388,095

35,714

259,523

35,714

263,376

£326,000  
(100% salary)

£30,000

£218,000  
(100% salary)

£30,000

£202,800  
(78% salary)

CSOP(1)

38,961

£30,000

84p

84p

84p

84p

77p

77p

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

Performance  
period

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

(1) Company Share Option Plan (CSOP) awards were granted in the form of HMRC tax-qualifying market value options and are subject to the same performance metrics as 

apply to the LTIP awards. If the CSOP awards are exercised at a gain then LTIP awards will be reduced by the same value to ensure that the combined pre-tax value delivered 
to Executive Directors is not increased by the grant of the tax-qualifying market value options. 

(2) Both the LTIP and CSOP awards made to Steve Trowbridge during 2016 lapsed on the date of his resignation as a Director.
(3) The share price used to determine the award was the mid-market closing quotation on the day prior to grant. The date of grant for John Gill and Steve Trowbridge was  

7 April 2016. The date of grant for Paul Quested was 28 September 2016.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information58

Directors’ Remuneration  
Report Continued

The FY16 LTIP awards are subject to EPS and ROCE performance metrics as follows:

Adjusted EPS element (as regards 75% of the FY16 LTIP awards) 

ROCE element (as regards 25% of the FY16 LTIP awards)

FY18 Adjusted EPS

Vesting percentage

FY18 ROCE*

Vesting percentage

Threshold

Target

Stretch

Maximum

11p

12p

13.5p

15p

25% Threshold

50% Target

75% Maximum

100%

16.5%

17.4%

18%

25%

50%

100%

Straight-line vesting in between points.  
No vesting below threshold performance.  

*For these purposes, ROCE shall be calculated as:

Adjusted EBITA
average capital employed 
(excluding cash and short-term debt)

No LTIP awards vested in respect of performance in the year. 

Payments made to former Directors during the year
No payments were made to former Directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office made during the year
As announced by the Company on 20 April 2016, Steve Trowbridge  
did not receive a termination payment on leaving the Company, did not 
receive any annual bonus payment in respect of FY15, will not receive 
any annual bonus payment in respect of FY16, and his FY16 LTIP 
awards have lapsed in full. The Company made a payment of £2,000  
in respect of Steve Trowbridge’s legal fees relating to his resignation  
as a Director.

Directors’ share interests
The Committee has adopted a shareholding guideline for Executive 
Directors in accordance with which the Chief Executive Officer is 
required to build up and maintain a shareholding in the Company at  
least equivalent in value to 200% of annual salary, and other Executive 
Directors are required to build up and maintain a shareholding in the 
Company equivalent in value to 125% of annual salary. As shown in  
the following chart, the Chief Executive Officer held shares with a value, 
based on the market value of a share on 31 December 2016 (81.5p),  

Straight-line vesting in between points.  
No vesting below threshold performance.

in excess of the requirement of the guideline. Since joining the Group  
in August 2016 the Chief Financial Officer has built his shareholding in 
the Company from 0% to 15% of annual salary and under the guidelines 
adopted by the Group has until August 2021 to build his shareholding  
to 125% of his annual salary. 

Value of shareholding vs shareholding policy (% of salary)

John Gill
CEO

Actual

Policy

200%

 373%

Actual

 15%

Paul Quested
CFO

Policy

125%

3,753 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
59

The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the Company’s ordinary shares as at 31 December 2016 (or, if earlier, the date  
on which the Director resigned from the Board) were as follows: 

Executive Directors
John Gill

Type

Shares

2016 LTIP (nil-cost share options)(3)

2016 CSOP options(4)

2016 SAYE options(5)

Steve Trowbridge(2)

Paul Quested

Shares

Shares

2016 LTIP (nil-cost share options)(3)

2016 CSOP options(4)

2016 SAYE options(5)

Non-Executive Directors
Alan Peterson

Amanda Burton

Douglas Robertson

Neil Sachdev

Shares

Shares

Shares

Shares

Owned  
outright

1,491,189

47,000

937,217

35,714

9,523

11,904

Unvested and 
subject to 
performance 
conditions

Unvested and 
not subject to 
performance 
conditions

Total as at  
31 December 
2016(1)

388,095

35,714

263,376

38,961

15,597

15,597

1,491,189

388,095

35,714

15,597

657,787

47,000

263,376

38,961

15,597

937,217

35,714

9,523

11,904

(1)  Or, if earlier, the date of resignation from the Board, which applies to Steve Trowbridge and Neil Sachdev. 
(2)  Steve Trowbridge’s LTIP awards and CSOP options lapsed on the date of his resignation as a Director. 
(3) LTIP awards will vest subject to performance over a three-year period ending with the Company’s 2018 financial year.
(4) CSOP options issued at a market value of 84p per share.
(5) SAYE options granted at an exercise price of 57.7p per share.

As at 5 April 2017, the Company has not been advised of any changes to the interests of the Directors and their connected persons as set out  
in this table. 

Thomas Sweet-Escott holds no direct interest in the Company’s ordinary shares. However, he has an indirect interest in the Company’s ordinary 
shares as a result of his interest in Exponent.

The disclosures on Directors’ remuneration set out on pages 56 to 59 have been audited as required by the Companies Act 2006.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
60

Directors’ Remuneration  
Report Continued

Performance graph and historical Chief Executive Officer remuneration outcomes
The graph below shows the total shareholder return (TSR) performance for the Company’s shares in comparison with the FTSE SmallCap  
Index for the period from Admission to 31 December 2016. The Company is a constituent of this Index and as such it has been selected as an 
appropriate comparator group. For the purposes of the graph, TSR has been calculated as the percentage change during the period in the market 
price of the shares, assuming that dividends are reinvested. The graph shows the value, by 31 December 2016, of £100 invested in the Group over 
the period compared with £100 invested in the FTSE Small Cap Index. 

Total shareholder return

HSS

FTSE SmallCap

130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

Feb
2015

Apr
2015

Jun
2015

Aug
2015

Oct
2015

Dec
2015

Feb
2016

Apr
2016

Jun
2016

Aug
2016

Oct
2016

Dec
2016

The table below shows details of the total remuneration, annual bonus 
and LTIP vesting (as a percentage of the maximum opportunity) for  
the Chief Executive Officer for FY15 and FY16. The table shows the 
remuneration for Chris Davies in the period from the start of the FY15 
until he resigned as a Director on 25 September 2015, and John Gill’s 
remuneration as CEO from that date until the end of FY15. 

CEO 

FY15/Chris Davies

FY15/John Gill

FY16/John Gill

Total  
remuneration  
£000

Annual bonus 
as a  
% of maximum 
opportunity

LTIP as a  
% of maximum 
opportunity(1)

297

90

381

–

7.1%

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

(1)  No LTIP vested in respect of performance in FY15 or FY16.
(2) John Gill’s benefits as at the date of his appointment as CEO have been 
used for the purposes of calculating the percentage change in benefits.

CEO pay increase in relation to all employees
The table below sets out in relation to salary, taxable benefits and 
annual bonus, the percentage change in pay for John Gill and the 
average percentage change for the wider workforce. For these 
purposes, the wider workforce includes all Group employees who  
were continuously employed by the Group during FY16 and FY15  
but excludes Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

CEO 

Salary(1)

Benefits(2) (3)

Annual bonus

CEO

Wider workforce

–

2.6%

N/A(4)

0.9%

4.7%

N/A(4)

(1) John Gill’s salary as at the date of his appointment as CEO has been used for  

the purposes of calculating the percentage change in salary.

(2) John Gill’s benefits as at the date of his appointment as CEO have been used for 

the purposes of calculating the percentage change in benefits.

(3) Taxable value of benefits received in the year comprising medical insurance and 
company car or car allowance. This does not include any SAYE options granted  
in the year.

(4) As no annual bonuses were awarded in respect of FY16.

Spend on pay and distributions to shareholders
The following table sets out the overall expenditure on pay (as a  
whole across the organisation) and the amount of distributions to 
shareholders in the form of dividends and share buybacks in respect  
of FY15 and FY16. As the Company was a newly listed company during 
FY15, the FY15 dividend amount only includes one interim dividend, 
whereas the FY16 dividend amount includes both a final dividend in 
respect of FY15 and the interim dividend in respect of FY16. This 
explains the significant growth in dividends between the two years 
shown in this table, whereas the actual dividends paid per share have 
stayed flat over this period. 

£000 

Dividends

Overall expenditure  
on pay

Year ended  
26 December  
2015

Year ended  
31 December  
2016

882

1,764

Percentage 
change

+100%

90,529

92,485

+2.2%

The Board is focused on reducing net debt and, after careful 
consideration of the significant cash investments made during 2016 
and the continuing optimisation of the network underway, believe it  
is in the best interests of the shareholders for the Group to not pay a 
final dividend in respect of 2016. As a result of this decision the total 
dividend paid and payable by the Group in respect of FY16 totals  
0.57p per ordinary share, reflecting the interim dividend of 0.57p  
per share paid in October 2016.

Implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the  
financial year commencing 1 January 2017
Information on how the Company intends to implement the  
Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the financial year commencing  
on 1 January 2017 is set out below.

Salary/fees and benefits
In line with the salary review timetable for all other employees, the 
Executive Directors’ base salaries will be reviewed during June 2017, 
with any changes taking effect from 1 July 2017. Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees will be reviewed during the year. Any increase to any 
Executive Director’s salary or Non-Executive Director’s fee is expected 
to be modest and will be in line with the range of salary increases 
awarded to other employees in the Group. 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201661

Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus opportunity for FY17 will remain at  
100% of salary. The bonus will be subject to stretching performance 
conditions based on Adjusted EBITA as regards 45% of the overall 
opportunity, Net Debt Ratio as regards 45% of the overall opportunity 
and health and safety measures as regards the balance (10%).

The Committee considers that the EBITA performance targets, the  
Net Debt Ratio (NDR) performance targets and the details of the 
personal/strategic measures should remain confidential to the 
Company as they give our competitors an insight into our plans  
and expectations. However:

 → the Adjusted EBITA and NDR targets (which have been set by 

reference to the FY17 budget and require outperformance of the 
budget for the maximum Adjusted EBITA and NDR elements of  
the bonus to be earned) will be fully disclosed in the FY17 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on the same basis as the FY16 disclosure  
set out on page 57; and

 → the Committee intends that the sole personal objective and 
performance in relation to the health and safety metric will 
be disclosed in the 2017 DRR. 

LTIP
It is the Committee’s intention to grant any FY17 LTIP awards on the 
same basis as the FY16 LTIP awards were made with the level once 
again restricted to a maximum level of 100% of salary, as opposed  
to the usual maximum opportunity of 125% of salary which is set out  
in the remuneration policy although this will be assessed at the time. 
FY17 LTIP awards will be subject to an Adjusted EPS performance 
measure (as regards 75% of the award) and a ROCE performance 
measure (as regards 25% of the award). Performance will be assessed 
over a three-year performance period, and any awards which vest  
by reference to that performance will be subject to a further two-year 
holding period.

Adjusted EPS is currently the critical KPI for the Company supporting 
our focus on profitability and growth and has, therefore, been chosen 
as the primary LTIP metric. ROCE has been chosen as the secondary 
LTIP metric and is aligned with our strategic focus on capital efficiency 
and the ongoing drive for operational efficiency. 

The performance targets attached to the award are still under 
consideration by the Committee. It is anticipated that the award will  
be made after the half-year results by which time the Committee will  
be in a better position to set appropriate and stretching three-year 
targets. Accordingly the targets will be disclosed in our interim report 
announcement and in the 2017 DRR in full.

Statement of voting at last AGM
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of the resolutions to 
approve the Remuneration Policy and Annual Report on Remuneration 
at the Company’s 2016 AGM.

Resolution

Remuneration 
Policy

Annual Report on 
Remuneration

Votes  
for

% of  
vote

Votes  
against

% of  
vote

Votes 
withheld

113,407,717

99.96

41,198

0.04

476

113,424,930

99.98 23,985

0.02

476

Service contracts
Executive Directors’ service contracts are on a rolling basis and may  
be terminated on 12 months’ notice by the Company or the Executive. 
Service contracts for new Executive Directors will generally be limited  
to 12 months’ notice by the Company.

As noted above, Paul Quested joined the Company as CFO on  
22 August 2016. His service contract is in line with the provisions  
on service contracts in the Group’s Remuneration Policy.

All Non-Executive Directors have initial fixed-term agreements with  
the Company of no more than three years. 

Details of the Directors’ service contracts and notice periods are set  
out below:

Name

J Gill 

Commencement

Notice period

9 January 2015

12 months(1)

P Quested

22 August 2016

12 months(1)

A Peterson 

9 January 2015

A Burton

9 January 2015

D Robertson

9 January 2015

T Sweet-Escott

9 January 2015

N/A(2)

N/A(2)

N/A(2)

N/A(3)

Unexpired term of 
service contract

N/A(1)

N/A(1)

374 days(4)

374 days(4)

374 days(4)

374 days(3)(4)

(1) Executive Directors’ service contracts are on a rolling basis and have no defined 

expiry date.

(2) Contracts expire 9 January 2018, subject to re-election at the AGM.
(3) Under the Relationship Agreement, Exponent is able to appoint a Non-Executive 
Director to the Board for so long as the Exponent shareholders are entitled to 
exercise or to control the exercise of 10% or more of the votes able to be cast on all 
or substantially all matters at general meetings of the Company. Mr Sweet-Escott  
is Exponent’s current appointee. His contract commenced on 9 February 2015 
and therefore expires on 9 February 2018, subject to re-election at the AGM, or,  
if earlier, at the point that the Exponent shareholders are entitled to exercise or to 
control the exercise of less than 10% of the votes able to be cast.

(4) Calculated from 31 December 2016 to the expiry date of each letter of appointment.

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to  
Directors’ remuneration
The Remuneration Committee is composed of the Company’s 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, Amanda Burton (Chair)  
and Douglas Robertson. 

The Remuneration Committee meets as often as is deemed necessary, 
but in any event at least three times a year. The Committee’s key 
responsibilities include:

 → reviewing the appropriateness of the Group’s Remuneration Policy;

 → considering all elements of individual remuneration for the  

executive management group, including base salary, bonuses  
and performance-related pay, discretionary payments, pension 
contributions, benefits in kind and share options or their equivalents;

 → formulating performance criteria in relation to performance-related pay;

 → reviewing terms and conditions and ensuring clawback or other 

provisions are in place so as not to reward failure;

 → administering company share schemes as required; and

 → ensuring compliance with Governance Code and  

disclosure requirements.

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
During FY16, the Committee received independent advice from 
Deloitte LLP in relation to the Committee’s consideration of matters 
relating to Directors’ remuneration. Deloitte’s fees for this advice during 
the year were £40,860, charged on a time and disbursements basis or 
fixed fee depending on the nature of the project. Deloitte also provided 
advice to the Company during the year in relation to share plans. 
Deloitte is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and as such voluntarily operates under its Code of Conduct in relation 
to executive remuneration in the UK. The Remuneration Committee is 
satisfied that all advice received was objective and independent.

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board on 5 April 2017 and signed  
on its behalf by:

Amanda Burton 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information62

Other Statutory  
Disclosures

The table below details where certain other information, which forms 
part of the Directors’ report, can be found within this Annual Report:

Information

Dividends

Directors’ powers

Directors’ indemnities

Location within  
Annual Report

Chairman’s Statement 
(page 03)

Page 62

Page 62

Statement on disclosure of information  
to the auditor

Corporate Governance 
(page 48)

Greenhouse gas emissions

Political donations and expenditure

Financial instruments

Events and developments impacting  
the Company

Branches outside the UK

Acquisition of own shares

Equality and diversity

Employee involvement

Impact of change of control/takeover bid

Directors’ interests

Share capital

Corporate 
Responsibility  
(page 36)

Page 62

Page 62

Page 62

Page 62

Page 62

Page 62

Page 63

Page 63

Directors’ 
Remuneration Report 
(page 59)

Note 20 to the Financial 
Statements (page 104)

Restrictions on share transfers

Page 63

Significant shareholders

Relations with 
shareholders (page 48)

Shares with special rights with regard  
to control of the Company

Page 63

Shares related to employee share schemes

Page 63

Voting rights and restrictions

Page 63

Agreements between holders of securities

Page 64

Appointment and replacement of Directors

Page 64

Amendments to the Company’s  
Articles of Association

Page 64

Directors’ powers
At the Annual General Meeting to be held on 14 June 2017, 
shareholders will be asked to renew the Directors’ power to allot shares, 
grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares or  
buy back shares in the Company and to renew the disapplication of 
pre-emption rights.

Directors’ indemnities
In addition to the indemnity provisions in their Articles of Association,  
the Company and other Group companies have entered into a direct 
indemnity agreement with each of the Directors and certain other 
officers or senior employees of the Group. These indemnities constitute 
qualifying indemnities for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006  
and remain in force at the date of approval of this Report without any 
payment having been made under them. The Company also maintains 
Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which gives appropriate cover 
for legal action brought against its Directors.

Political donations and expenditure
At the Annual General Meeting held on 15 June 2016, the Company 
and its subsidiaries were authorised to make certain political donations 
or incur political expenditure. No political expenditure was made by  
the Company or its subsidiaries during the FY16 year (FY15: £nil).

Financial instruments
Information on the Group’s financial risk management objectives  
and policies and the exposure of the Group to market risk, credit risk, 
liquidity risk and cash flow risk is provided in note 21 of the Financial 
Statements on pages 98 to 100.

Events and developments impacting the Company 
The likely future developments of the Company and Group are  
referred to in the Chief Executive Officer’s Review on page 06 in  
the Strategic Report. 

Branches outside the UK
The Company has no branches outside the UK, as defined in  
section 1046(3) of the Act.

Acquisition of own shares
At the Annual General Meeting held on 15 June 2016, the Company 
was authorised to make market purchases of up to 15,476,190 or  
10% of the current ordinary shares in issue. The Company has made 
no purchases of its own ordinary shares pursuant to this authority.  
This authority expires at the close of the 2017 AGM of the Company  
on 14 June 2017. A special resolution will be proposed at this year’s 
Annual General Meeting to authorise the Company to make market 
purchases of up to 17,020,714 (10% of issued share capital of 
170,207,142) ordinary shares.

Equality and diversity
The Group is committed to developing all colleagues and encourages 
everyone to progress and develop. All training is based on each 
colleague’s individual development needs and the requirements of  
the role. Provisions are made to ensure that all part-time colleagues 
have equal opportunities to undertake development and training. 

The Group’s policy is to recruit and promote based on an individual’s 
skills, qualifications, experience and ability to do the job. No applicant, 
whether internal or external, will be discriminated against in respect of 
age, sex, sexual orientation, disability, race, religion, or beliefs, or on any 
other criteria unrelated to an individual’s ability to perform in the role. 

If an employee becomes disabled during employment, the Group 
makes every effort to enable them to continue in employment by 
making reasonable adjustments in the workplace and providing 
retraining for alternative work where necessary.

The Group is committed to ensuring that the abilities of all of  
its colleagues are recognised and valued at all levels of the  
organisation through:

 → focusing on what people can do rather than on what they cannot;

 → challenging stereotypes about people with disabilities; and

 → making appropriate adjustments in the workplace to support 
colleagues with disabilities to achieve their full career potential.

The Group will not include any discriminatory or subjective criteria in  
job descriptions or job advertisements. All recruitment will be made 
solely on the basis of competence and skill. Where an applicant  
has a disability (as defined by the Disability Discrimination Act) 
consideration will be given as to whether any adjustments can  
be made to accommodate individual requirements.

The Group is committed to ensuring that the diversity of the 
communities served is reflected at all levels within the workforce  
and that an understanding and awareness of diversity is promoted  
in all training and development material. 

Performance reviews are completed with every colleague and  
focus on measuring job performance and each individual’s  
training requirements.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201663

Employee involvement
The Company uses a combination of ways to communicate with 
employees including, but not limited to, the intranet (HSS World) that  
is regularly updated and available on PCs at all locations; its internal 
newsletter (HIYA!), that reports on recent news, developments, 
initiatives and events in the business which is circulated a minimum of 
18 times annually, and delivered to all locations; a weekly email ‘bulletin’ 
supplements this with operational and functional information, that is 
required to be printed and displayed on all notice boards where 
colleagues may not have immediate access to email. Meetings and 
conference calls also form a regular communication channel across the 
Group. The method of information dissemination adopted depends on 
the information being made available to employees and the associated 
confidentiality requirements. The company also sends correspondence 
of high importance by mail to employees’ home addresses. 

Employees are consulted formally on issues where their interests are 
affected via consultation processes led by management and are asked 
to give feedback. Colleagues are also invited to raise issues via the 
online communications forum ‘Yammer’ and receive feedback. 

In June 2016 the Group implemented its first Group-wide employee 
engagement survey. All employees were asked to anonymously 
populate an online or paper questionnaire which covered a wide  
range of aspects of their lives as HSSers including, but not limited to, 
their job, their safety, their team, their manager and the company. 
Headline findings of this survey were as follows:

 → 70% of employees responded to the survey, with an overall 

engagement score of 67% (higher than the national average  
of 59.6%).

 → 97% of respondents said they cared about the Company, 92% said 
they are proud to work at HSS and 90% said that safety was at the 
forefront of our business.

 → Employees identified that inter-departmental working and 

communications were areas with opportunities for improvement.

A project called Simply HSS was introduced on the back of the 
employee engagement results. The project aims to simplify and 
improve internal processes, and remove barriers to make doing 
business for all employees easier.

Employees are encouraged to send their ideas in via a Simply HSS 
email, or via one of the Simply HSS branded ‘ideas boxes’ that have 
been installed at all locations.

Focus groups have also been carried out at key Group locations,  
to discuss the employee engagement results, and gain more detailed 
feedback from employees.

At a meeting of the Directors held on 28 July 2016, the Board agreed  
to roll out a 3-year Sharesave scheme. This scheme was previously 
referred to in the IPO prospectus and had been discussed and 
approved in 2015, but was held back until such time that the Board 
thought it appropriate to implement it. 

The Company’s financial results and performance is regularly 
communicated via two mechanisms: the update and provision of 
information to senior colleagues on the same day that announcements 
are made to investors at the half year and full year and supplements  
in the company newsletter HIYA! At the senior colleague conference 
calls, there is an opportunity to ask questions of the executive.  
An announcement is also made company-wide from our CEO 
providing the top-level results and factors involved in our performance 
to colleagues via email. 

Impact of change of control/takeover bid
There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or 
employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment 
(whether through resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise)  
that occurs because of a change of control/takeover bid.

A number of the Group’s funding agreements contain change of control 
provisions. These are summarised in the table below:

Funding agreement

Summary of change of control provision

Senior secured notes

Revolving credit facility

Following a change of control the Group 
would be required to offer to repurchase 
all outstanding Notes at a purchase price in 
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount 
redeemed on the date of purchase plus 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the 
date of purchase.

Following a change of control all 
outstanding amounts, together with 
accrued interest would become 
immediately due and payable.

Finance leases (from 
various finance providers)

Certain of the Group’s finance leases have 
conditions where a change of control 
could lead to early repayment.

Restrictions on share transfers
a) Certificated shares
The Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer 
of a certificated share which is not a fully paid share, provided that the 
refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the Company from taking 
place on an open and proper basis. The Board may also refuse to 
register the transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of 
transfer is (i) lodged, duly stamped (if stampable), at the office or at 
another place appointed by the Board accompanied by the certificate 
for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board 
may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the 
transfer; (ii) is in respect of one class of share only; and (iii) is in favour  
of not more than four transferees.

b) Uncertificated shares
Subject to the provisions of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations, 
the Board may permit the holding of shares in any class of shares in 
uncertificated form and the transfer of title to shares in that class by 
means of a relevant system and may determine that any class of shares 
shall cease to be a participating security.

Shares with special rights with regard to control of the Company
There are no shares in issue with special rights with regard to control  
of the Company.

Shares related to employee share schemes
No shares have been issued in relation to employee share schemes, 
although options have been issued under the Sharesave scheme  
(as detailed earlier).

Voting rights and restrictions
Subject to the rights or restrictions set out below or detailed in the 
Notice of AGM, on a show of hands every member who is present in 
person shall have one vote and on a poll every member present in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is  
the holder.

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting in respect  
of a share unless all monies presently payable by him in respect of that 
share have been paid.

If at any time the Board is satisfied that any member, or any other 
person appearing to be interested in shares held by such member, has 
been duly served with a notice under section 793 of the Act and is in 
default for the prescribed period in supplying to the Company the 
information thereby required, or, in purported compliance with such  
a notice, has made a statement which is false or inadequate in a 
material respect, then the Board may, in its absolute discretion at any 
time thereafter by notice to such member direct that, in respect of the 
shares in relation to which the default occurred, the member shall not 
be entitled to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at a general 
meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares 
or on a poll.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther InformationDisclosures required by Listing Rule 9.8
Listing Rule 9.8 requires that certain information is disclosed within  
the Annual Report. The table below sets out the required information 
and its location within this document, where applicable. 

Listing Rule

Information

Location

LR 9.8.4(R)(4)

Long-term incentive 
schemes

LR 9.8.4(R)(14)

Agreement 
with controlling 
shareholders

No further LR 9.8.4 disclosures are required.

Remuneration 
Directors’ Report 
(pages 54 to 61)

Page 64 (see below)

As required by LR 9.2.2AR (2)(a) the Company has entered into  
a Relationship Agreement with Exponent (see page 44 for further 
details on this agreement). The Board of Directors confirm that:

 → the Company has complied with the independence provisions 

included in this Relationship Agreement;

 → so far as the Company is aware, Exponent and its associates have 
complied with the independence provisions included within the 
Relationship Agreement; and

 → so far as the Company is aware, Exponent has complied with the 

procurement obligation included within the Relationship Agreement.

This Statement in respect of LR 9.2.2AR (2)(a) was approved by the 
Board of Directors on 5 April 2017 and is signed on its behalf by:

J.B. Gill 
Director 

5 April 2017

64

Other Statutory Disclosures  
Continued

The Notice of AGM specifies deadlines for exercising voting rights and 
appointing a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to resolutions to be 
passed at the Annual General Meeting. All proxy votes are counted  
and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution 
are announced at the Annual General Meeting and published on the 
Company’s website after the meeting.

Under the FCA rules, the election or re-election by the shareholders  
of an Independent Non-Executive Director must be approved by an 
ordinary resolution of the shareholders and separately approved  
by those shareholders who are not controlling shareholders (the 
independent shareholders). 

As a result, by virtue of Exponent’s 50.3% shareholding in the 
Company, any votes by Exponent on any resolutions relating to the 
election or re-election of Independent Non-Executive Director(s) will  
not be counted for the purposes of approving those resolutions.

Agreements between holders of securities
The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of 
securities that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities  
or on voting rights.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the number  
of Directors shall be not less than two but shall not be subject to  
any maximum in number. Directors may be appointed by ordinary 
resolution of shareholders or by the Board.

Under the Relationship Agreement, Exponent is able to appoint a 
Non-Executive Director to the Board for so long as the Exponent 
shareholders are entitled to exercise or to control the exercise of 10%  
or more of the votes able to be cast on all or substantially all matters  
at general meetings of the Company. Mr Sweet-Escott is the current 
appointee. In addition, in accordance with the Relationship Agreement, 
Exponent has appointed an observer to attend Board meetings.

At every Annual General Meeting all Directors at the date of Notice of 
Annual General Meeting shall retire from office and resolutions for the 
re-appointment of those Directors who wish to be re-appointed shall  
be put to the meeting. All appointments are subject to the Company’s 
Articles of Association and the annual re-election by shareholders.

The Company may remove any Director from office, and appoint 
another person in place of a Director removed from office, both by 
ordinary resolution. 

A person ceases to be a Director as soon as:

a)  he/she ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the  

Act or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

b)  he/she is subject to a bankruptcy order or compounds with  

his/her creditors generally;

c)  he/she becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as  
a Director and may remain so for more than three months;

d)  he/she resigns or retires;

e)  he/she is absent for more than six consecutive months without 

permission of the Board from meetings of the Board held during that 
period and the Board resolves that his/her office be vacated; or

f)  he/she receives notice signed by not less than three-quarters of the 
other Directors stating that that person should cease to be a Director.

Amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by the 
passing of a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders.

Daniel Joll 
Company Secretary 

5 April 2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201665

Directors’ Responsibility  
Statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report  
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law  
and regulations.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR4
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are detailed on 
pages 42 and 43, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements  
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to 
prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected 
to prepare the Company Financial Statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting standards and applicable law). Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the Financial Statements unless  
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss for the Group for 
that period.

In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

 → select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

 → make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; 

 → state whether IFRSs as adopted by the EU have been followed, 

subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Financial Statements; 

 → the Group Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and  
profit and loss of the Group; and 

 → the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and 

performance of the business and the financial position of the Group 
and the parent Company, together with a description or the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face. 

This Responsibility Statement was approved by the Board of Directors 
on 5 April 2017 and is signed on its behalf by:

J.B. Gill 
Director 

5 April 2017

Approval of the Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report on pages 38 to 65 was approved by the Board  
of Directors on 5 April 2017 and is signed on its behalf by:

 → prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group or parent Company  
will continue in business; and 

J.B. Gill 
Director 

5 April 2017

 → prepare a directors’ Report, a Strategic Report and Directors’ 

Remuneration Report which comply with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
Financial Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence  
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and  
the Financial Statements are made available on a website. Financial 
Statements are published on the company’s website in accordance 
with legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination 
of Financial Statements, which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the company’s website 
is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility  
also extends to the ongoing integrity of the Financial Statements 
contained therein.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information66

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

Financial information

Financial Information
68  Independent Auditor’s Report
72  Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of  
73 
Comprehensive Income

74  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
75  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
76  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
77 
112 Company Statement of Financial Position
113 Company Statement of Changes in Equity
114 Company Notes to the Financial Statements

 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Information
117 Shareholder Information
118 Company Information
119	Definitions	and	Glossary

HSS Hire Group plc 
Annual Report 2016

67

O
u
r
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

i

O
u
r
B
u
s
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

O
u
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
b

i

i
l
i
t
i
e
s

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Independent Auditor’s Report
to	the	members	of	HSS	Hire	Group	plc
For the year ended 31 December 2016

Opinion on Financial Statements
In our opinion:

 → the Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s	and	the	parent	Company’s	affairs	as	at	31	December	2016	
and	of	the	Group’s	loss	for	the	year	then	ended;

 → the	Group	Financial	Statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	

accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as	adopted	by	the	European	Union;

 → the parent Company Financial Statements have been properly 

prepared	in	accordance	with	UK	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	
Practice;	and

 → the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with  
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group	Financial	Statements,	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.

The	Financial	Statements	of	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	for	the	year	ended	 
31 December 2016 comprise the Consolidated income statement, 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, Consolidated  
and	parent	Company	statements	of	financial	position,	Consolidated	
and parent Company statements of changes in equity, Consolidated 
cashflow	statement	and	the	related	notes.	The	financial	reporting	
framework	that	has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	Group	
Financial Statements is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European	Union.	The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	
applied in the preparation of the parent Company Financial Statements  
is applicable law and UK Accounting Standards  
(“UK	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Practice”).

Risk area

Our	response

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities set 
out on page 65, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Financial	Statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	 
fair	view.	Our	responsibility	is	to	audit	and	express	an	opinion	on	the	
Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	and	Ireland).	Those	standards	
require us to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s) 
Ethical	Standards	for	Auditors.	

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body,  
in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	
Our	audit	work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	to	the	
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them  
in	an	auditor’s	report	and	for	no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body,  
for	our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	opinions	we	have	formed.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement 
In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors made a number  
of	subjective	judgements	and	significant	accounting	estimates	that	
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are, 
by their nature, inherently uncertain (see note 1 f) to the Consolidated 
Financial	Statements).	We	primarily	focused	our	work	in	these	areas	 
by assessing the Directors’ judgements against available evidence, 
including the risk of management override and bias, forming our own 
judgements	and	evaluating	the	disclosures	in	the	Financial	Statements.

In	arriving	at	our	audit	opinion	above	on	the	Group	Financial	Statements	
the following risks have had the greatest impact on our audit strategy 
and scope, including the allocation of resources in the audit:

Existence and valuation of hire stock
Hire	stock	represents	over	1.1m	assets	which	
have a high frequency of movement in individual 
assets through asset purchases, hires, 
disposals and transfers around the branch 
network.	Judgement	is	required	in	ensuring	that	
depreciation charges are accurately calculated, 
having regard to economic useful lives and 
residual values, together with the valuation  
of	renovation	work	undertaken	on	specific	
classes	of	assets.

Our	audit	work	in	respect	of	this	area	included	the	identification	and	testing	of	the	operating	
effectiveness	of	key	controls	in	respect	of	the	existence	and	value	of	hire	stock,	including	
the	authorisation	of	additions,	the	use	of	unique	asset	identification	numbers,	and	the	
reconciliation	of	the	fixed	asset	registers	to	the	accounting	records.

We	attended	a	number	of	the	hire	stock	asset	counts	to	test	the	design	and	effectiveness	 
of controls and performed test counts ourselves in order to ensure the accuracy of  
the	counting	performed,	and	therefore	the	existence	of	assets.	We	also	tested	that	the	
records	from	the	counts	had	been	used	to	update	both	the	fixed	asset	register	and	the	
accounting	ledgers.	

We	selected	a	sample	of	assets	acquired	in	the	year	and	agreed	the	amounts	recorded	 
on	the	fixed	asset	registers	to	invoices.

Using data analytical and re-performance techniques we recalculated the depreciation in 
the	fixed	asset	registers	for	the	current	year,	and	reconciled	this	to	the	charge	included	in	
the	accounting	ledgers.	We	critically	challenged	for	a	sample	of	asset	classes	the	useful	
economic lives and residual values applied by management by reference to data available 
to	the	business	and	externally.	This	included	the	specific	review	of	actual	disposal	proceeds	
achieved	to	support	residual	values.

We	evaluated	the	capitalisation	of	the	renovation	work	undertaken	and	tested	for	a	sample	
of	the	assets	that	their	useful	lives	had	been	extended	by	reference	to	their	continuing	hire.

We	evaluated	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	disclosures	of	the	judgements	and	estimates	
utilised	in	assessing	the	valuation.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201669

Risk area

Our	response

Our	audit	procedures	included	detailed	testing	of	the	Directors’	impairment	testing	model	
for	each	CGU	performed	in	the	year.	For	each	of	the	key	inputs	to	the	impairment	model	
we critically assessed the reasonableness of management’s assumptions by reference to 
internal and external data, Board-approved budgets and historical trends, and reviewed 
the	sensitivity	analysis	performed.	We	challenged	management	on	their	forecasts	for	
revenue, costs and EBITDA in the impairment model particularly in light of the recent trading 
performance	and	operational	model	changes.	In	addition,	we	performed	our	own	additional	
sensitivity analysis in respect of the key assumptions which included assessing by how 
much	each	assumption	would	need	to	change	for	an	impairment	to	arise.	We	utilised	our	
own valuation specialists, particularly around the appropriateness of the discount rates 
used	by	the	Directors	comparing	this	against	the	cost	of	capital	for	the	Group	and	other	
comparable	companies	in	the	industry.

We	evaluated	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	disclosures	in	respect	of	their	impairment	testing,	
the inputs used and the sensitivity of the outcomes of the assessment to changes in key 
assumptions	to	validate	that	these	adequately	reflected	the	inherent	risks	in	the	valuations.

Carrying value of goodwill and other 
intangible and tangible assets
Management perform an annual impairment 
review of goodwill, which also covers the 
carrying value of other intangible assets and 
property	plant	and	equipment.	The	annual	
impairment	review	relies	on	significant	estimation	
and judgement in selection of the key inputs 
which	can	have	a	significant	impact	of	the	
calculated net present value for each Cash 
Generating	Unit	(CGU).

There is a risk that the estimates and 
judgements used in the impairment review  
for	each	CGU,	which	include	areas	such	 
as	forecast	cash	flows,	discount	rates	and	
growth rates, are inappropriate and that an 
impairment	charge	may	be	required.

Additionally, the Company’s market  
capitalisation at 31 December 2016 was  
below	the	Group’s	net	asset	value	which	 
may indicate that the goodwill and other 
intangible	assets	require	impairment.

Revenue recognition
There is a risk that revenue is incorrectly 
calculated	or	recorded	in	the	wrong	period.

We	reviewed	and	tested	the	design	and	effectiveness	of	key	controls	over	revenue	
recognition.	We	checked	a	sample	of	transactions	to	ensure	the	revenue	recognition	criteria	
used	are	in	accordance	with	the	stated	accounting	policy	and	in	line	with	IFRS.	

Revenue is accrued in the Financial Statements 
for	hire	equipment	out	on	hire	over	the	year	end.	
There is a risk that accrued revenue may be 
incorrectly	calculated.

There is also a risk that rebates payable to 
customers may be omitted or incorrectly 
calculated, and that credit note provisions  
may	be	incorrectly	calculated.

Onerous lease provisions
The	Group	has	a	significant	number	of	property-
related provisions relating to the ongoing lease 
obligations	of	properties	that	the	Group	no	 
longer	utilises	in	the	business	(dark	stores).	 
The completeness, existence and accuracy of 
the provisions involve management judgement 
and estimates in assessing the likelihood of 
mitigating future lease costs as a result of 
break clauses or subletting of the properties 
as well as other unavoidable costs and the 
appropriateness	of	discount	rate	used.

We	obtained	the	calculations	of	the	accrued	revenue	at	the	year	end	and	the	underlying	
data,	and	we	recalculated	a	sample	included	in	the	accrued	revenue.	For	a	sample	of	items	
we	checked	that	there	was	a	subsequent	invoice	to	a	third	party.

We	tested	the	calculation	of	rebates	payable	for	a	sample	of	customers	by	reference	to	sales	
data and the underlying agreements, compared rebates by customer against those payable 
in	previous	years	and	investigated	the	reasons	for	significant	variances,	and	considered	the	
rebate	arrangements	in	place	with	major	new	customers	won	in	the	year.	

We	obtained	the	calculations	of	the	credit	note	provisions	at	the	year	end	and	the	underlying	
data	for	the	credit	notes	issued	in	the	year	and	the	related	invoices	and	confirmed	the	
accuracy	of	the	period	taken	to	issue	credit	notes.	We	considered	the	credit	note	provision	
together with the bad debt provision which separately assesses the level of provision against 
receivables	that	are	overdue	for	payment.	We	also	considered	the	historic	experience	of	
trends	in	the	issue	of	credit	notes.	Based	on	this	we	recalculated	the	credit	note	provision	
using	our	own	estimates.	

We	evaluated	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	disclosures	in	relation	to	the	estimation	of	the	
credit	note	provision.

Our	audit	work	involved	checking	a	sample	of	the	movements	in	provisions	against	prior	
years	and	obtaining	and	verifying	explanations	for	material	movements.	We	also	obtained	
details	of	properties	sublet	or	disposed	of	in	the	year	and	confirmed	that	any	existing	
provisions	had	been	appropriately	released.	For	any	newly	created	dark	stores	we	reviewed	
and considered with management the basis of the provisions made, including a review of 
the	lease	terms	in	place.

We	challenged	management	on	the	evaluation	of	future	expected	costs	and	the	basis	of	 
the	discount	rate	applied.

We	evaluated	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	disclosures	in	relation	to	the	judgements	and	
estimates	used	in	the	estimation	of	the	onerous	lease	provision.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information70

Independent Auditor’s Report  
Continued

Risk area

Our	response

We	have	obtained	a	breakdown	of	the	costs	classified	by	the	Group	as	exceptional	and	
checked that they are in accordance with the accounting policy in respect of exceptional 
items.	We	have	challenged	management	as	to	the	basis	of	the	allocation	of	these	costs,	and	
ensured	that	adequate	disclosure	was	made	of	that	basis	within	the	Financial	Statements.	
We	have	tested	a	sample	of	the	costs	to	backing	documentation	and	schedules.

We	have	challenged	Management	on	the	assessment	of	the	costs	and	confirmed	both	 
the costs and the measurement and timing of the operational volumes achieved to  
third-party	documentation.

We	have	evaluated	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	disclosures	in	relation	to	the	 
exceptional	items.

Exceptional items
The	Group	has	classified	a	number	of	expenses	
as exceptional during the year, including certain 
costs relating to the parallel operations of the 
NDEC Centre opened in the year, the cost 
reduction plan and onerous leases on non-
trading	stores.	The	identification	and	allocation	of	
costs and income to exceptional items involves 
management	estimation	and	judgement.

A	significant	proportion	of	exceptional	costs	
relate to costs of restructuring the business and 
operating model, including commencement 
of	operations	at	the	NDEC.	Management	have	
determined that a reasonable approximation  
of the parallel running costs of the NDEC is the 
total costs of operating the NDEC up to the  
point where 50% of the operational volumes  
are processed through the NDEC rather than  
the	original	branch	and	distribution	network.	

In addition, as in all our audits, we have addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls including evaluating whether 
there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk  
of	material	misstatement	due	to	fraud.

The Audit Committee’s consideration of these judgements and risks  
is	set	out	on	pages	50	and	51.	

Our application of materiality and an overview of the 
scope of our audit 
We	apply	the	concept	of	materiality	both	in	planning	and	performing	 
our	audit,	and	in	evaluating	the	effect	of	misstatements.	We	consider	
materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including 
omissions,	could	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	reasonable	 
users	that	are	taken	on	the	basis	of	the	Financial	Statements.

We	determined	materiality	for	the	Group	as	a	whole	to	be	£1,000,000	
determined	with	reference	to	a	benchmark	of	the	Group	profit	before	
amortisation of intangibles, interest and tax, normalized to exclude the 
exceptional	items	disclosed	in	note	4	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	
Statements.	Materiality	therefore	represents	4.9%	of	that	figure.

We	agreed	with	the	Audit	Committee	that	we	would	report	to	the	
Committee	all	individual	audit	differences	in	excess	of	£50,000.	 
We	also	agreed	to	report	differences	below	these	thresholds	that,	 
in	our	view,	warranted	reporting	on	qualitative	grounds.

We	tailored	the	scope	of	our	audit	to	ensure	we	performed	enough	
work to be able to give an opinion on the Financial Statements as  
a	whole,	taking	into	account	the	geographic	structure	of	the	Group,	 
the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which  
the	Group	operates.

The	Group’s	accounting	process	is	structured	around	a	Group	finance	
function	at	its	head	office	in	Mitcham,	which	also	acts	as	a	shared	
service	finance	centre	for	all	of	its	UK	companies.	The	Group	also	
maintains	local	finance	teams	for	its	Ireland	operation	and	for	parts	 
of	one	of	its	UK	operations.

The	Group’s	operating	companies	vary	significantly	in	size,	and	we	
identified	15	reporting	units,	six	of	which,	in	our	view,	required	an	 
audit	of	their	complete	financial	information	due	to	their	size	or	risk	
characteristics.	These	six	units	comprise	90%	of	Group	turnover	 
and	94%	of	Group	gross	assets.

In	establishing	the	overall	approach	to	the	Group	audit	we	determined	
that	all	work	on	the	six	units	could	be	performed	by	us,	the	Group	audit	
team.	Our	work	on	the	other	units	comprised	analytical	procedures	 
and certain tests of detail supported by the work on the international 
component	performed	by	the	local	BDO	network	office	as	local	
component	auditors,	operating	under	instructions	from	the	Group	
engagement	team.	This	gave	us	the	evidence	we	needed	for	our	
opinion	on	the	Group	Financial	Statements.

A description of the scope of an audit of Financial Statements is 
provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201671

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the  
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to  
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies	Act	2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 → the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 

for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	Financial	Statements	are	prepared	
is	consistent	with	the	Financial	Statements;	and	

 → the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report have been prepared in 

accordance	with	applicable	legal	requirements.

Statement regarding the Directors’ assessment of  
the principal risks that would threaten the solvency  
or liquidity of the Company
We	have	nothing	material	to	add	or	to	draw	attention	to	in	relation	to:

 → the	Directors’	confirmation	in	the	Annual	Report	that	they	have	
carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 
entity, including those that would threaten its business model,  
future	performance,	solvency	or	liquidity;

Matters on which we are required to report  
by exception
In	the	light	of	the	knowledge	and	understanding	of	the	Group	and	the	
parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit,	we	have	not	identified	material	misstatements	in	the	Strategic	
Report	or	the	Directors’	Report.

Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is:

 → materially inconsistent with the information in the audited Financial 

Statements;	or	

 → apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, our knowledge of the Company acquired in the course of 
performing	our	audit;	or	

 → is	otherwise	misleading.

In	particular,	we	are	required	to	consider	whether	we	have	identified	 
any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit 
and the Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and understandable and whether the Annual Report 
appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the 
Audit	Committee	which	we	consider	should	have	been	disclosed.

 → the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and 

explain	how	they	are	being	managed	or	mitigated;

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion:

 → the Directors’ statement in the Financial Statements about whether 
they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting	in	preparing	them	and	their	identification	of	any	material	
uncertainties to the entity’s ability to continue to do so over a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the Financial 
Statements;	and

 → the Directors’ explanation in the Annual Report as to how they have 
assessed the prospects of the entity, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the entity will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any material disclosures drawing attention to any 
necessary	qualifications	or	assumptions.

 → adequate accounting records have not been kept, or returns 

adequate for our audit have not been received from branches  
not	visited	by	us;	or

 → the Financial Statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 

Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records	and	returns;	or

 → certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	 

are	not	made;	or

 → we have not received all the information and explanations we  

require	for	our	audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

 → the	Directors’	statements,	set	out	on	page	47,	in	relation	to	going	

concern	and	in	relation	to	longer-term	viability;	and

 → the part of the corporate governance statement relating to the 

company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance	Code	specified	for	review	by	the	auditor	in	accordance	
with	Listing	Rule	9.8.10	R(2).	

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	these	matters.

Kieran Storan (senior statutory auditor) 
For	and	on	behalf	of	BDO	LLP,	statutory	auditor 
London 
UK

5	April	2017

BDO	LLP	is	a	limited	liability	partnership	registered	in	England	 
and	Wales	(with	registered	number	OC305127).

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
72

Consolidated  
Income Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2016

Revenue 
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Other	operating	income

Operating (loss)/profit

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Less: Depreciation(1)

Adjusted EBITA(1)

Less:	Exceptional	items	(non-finance)

Less: Amortisation(1)

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Loss before tax

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

Less:	Exceptional	items	(non-finance)

Less:	Exceptional	items	(finance)

Less: Amortisation

Loss before tax
Income	tax	credit/(expense)

Loss for the financial year

Loss attributable to:
Owners	of	the	company

(Loss)/profit per share
Basic and diluted loss per share

Adjusted basic earnings per share(2)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share(2)

Year ended 
31 December 
2016  
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

342,410 

(145,232)

197,178 

(45,091)

(155,969)

1,151 

(2,731)

68,638 

(48,175)

20,463 

(16,957)

(6,237)

312,333 

(120,884)

191,449	

(41,315)

(144,161)

869	

6,842	

71,047	

(50,702)

20,345	

(8,522)

(4,981)

(2,731)

6,842	

3 

(14,689)

(17,417)

5,777 

(16,957)

–

(6,237)

(17,417)

104 

(17,313)

24	

(20,706)

(13,840)

5,808	

(8,522)

(6,145)

(4,981)

(13,840)

(405)

(14,245)

Note

2

3

2

4

5

5

4

4

6

9

(17,313)

(14,245)

10

10

10

(11.18)

2.98 

2.94 

(9.86)

3.20	

3.20	

(1)		Adjusted	EBITDA	is	defined	as	operating	profit	before	depreciation,	amortisation	and	exceptional	items.	For	this	purpose,	depreciation	and	amortisation	includes	customer	

losses,	hire	stock	write-offs	and	hire	stock	asset	disposals.	Adjusted	EBITA	is	defined	as	operating	profit	before	amortisation	and	exceptional	items.

(2)		Adjusted	earnings	per	share	is	defined	as	profit	before	tax	with	amortisation	and	exceptional	costs	added	back	less	tax	at	the	prevailing	rate	of	corporation	tax	divided	by	the	

weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares.

The	notes	on	pages	77	to	111	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

For the year ended 31 December 2016

Loss for the financial period

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Foreign	currency	translation	differences	arising	on	consolidation	of	foreign	operations

Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Attributable to owners of the Company

The	notes	on	pages	77	to	111	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.	

73

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

(17,313)

(14,245)

1,533 

1,533 

(15,780)

(15,780)

(475)

(475)

(14,720)

(14,720)

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information74

Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position 

At 31 December 2016

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Retained	earnings/(deficit)

Total equity attributable to owners of the Group

The	notes	on	pages	77	to	111	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

Note

26 December 
2015 
restated 
£000s

11

12

19

13

14

15

16

17

18

16

17

18

19

20

178,755

178,473

780

358,008

7,898

103,744

15,211

126,853

484,861

(89,150)

(66,000)

(6,431)

(501)

(162,082)

(17,266)

(133,212)

(10,712)

(8,203)

(169,393)

(331,475)

153,386

1,702

–

97,780

53,904

153,386

180,242

183,213

1,900

365,355

9,095

97,585

1,812

108,492

473,847

(89,236)

(47,535)

(3,822)

(520)

(141,113)

(21,583)

(132,189)

(10,851)

(9,842)

(174,465)

(315,578)

158,269

1,548

–

85,376

71,345

158,269

The	Financial	Statements	were	approved	and	authorised	for	issue	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	5	April	2017	and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:	

P Quested 
Director 

5	April	2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201675

Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

For the year ended 31 December 2016

At 26 December 2015

Total comprehensive loss for the period
Loss for the period

Foreign	currency	translation	differences	arising	
on consolidation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity
New share issue for cash

Share issue costs

Share based payment charge

Dividends paid

At 31 December 2016

At 27 December 2014

Total comprehensive loss for the period
Loss for the period

Foreign	currency	translation	differences	arising	
on consolidation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive loss for the period

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity
Preference shares issued

Preference shares redeemed

Acquisition of loan notes via share issue in 
subsidiary

New share issue for cash

Share issue costs

Capital reduction

Dividends paid

At 26 December 2015

Note

Share  
capital  
£000s

1,548 

– 

– 

– 

154 

– 

– 

– 

1,702 

Share  
capital 
£000s

645	

– 

– 

– 

50 

(50)

411	

492	

– 

– 

– 

1,548	

20

20

20

20

20

20

Share  
premium 
£000s

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Share  
premium 
£000s

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

102,629	

(4,076)

(98,553)

– 

– 

Merger  
reserve 
£000s

85,376 

Retained 
earnings 
£000s

Total  
equity 
£000s

71,345 

158,269 

– 

– 

– 

(17,313)

(17,313)

1,533 

(15,780)

1,533 

(15,780)

12,800 

(396)

– 

– 

97,780 

– 

– 

– 

103

(1,764)

53,904

12,954 

(396)

103

(1,764)

153,386

Merger  
reserve 
£000s

(544)

Accumulated 
deficit 
£000s

Total  
equity 
£000s

(11,606)

(11,505)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

85,920	

– 

– 

– 

– 

(14,245)

(14,245)

(475)

(14,720)

(475)

(14,720)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

98,553	

(882)

50 

(50)

86,331	

103,121 

(4,076)

– 

(882)

85,376	

71,345	

158,269	

The	notes	on	pages	77	to	111	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information76

Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows 

For the year ended 31 December 2016

Cash flows from operating activities

Loss before income tax
Adjustments for:

– Amortisation

– Depreciation

–		Accelerated	depreciation	relating	to	hire	stock	customer	losses,	hire	stock	write-offs	and	 

other asset disposals

– Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

– Share based payment

– Finance income

– Finance expense

Changes	in	working	capital	(excluding	the	effects	of	acquisitions	and	exchange	differences	 
on consolidation):

– Inventories

– Trade and other receivables

– Trade and other payables

– Provisions

Net cash flows from operating activities before changes in hire equipment
Purchase of hire equipment

Cash generated/(utilised) from operating activities
Net interest paid

Income	tax	(paid)/received

Net cash generated/(utilised) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Acquisition of subsidiaries, deferred consideration paid

Purchases of non hire property, plant, equipment and software

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital

Share issue costs

Proceeds from borrowings (third parties)

Repayments of borrowings

Capital	element	of	finance	lease	payments

Dividends paid 

Net cash received from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash
Cash at the start of the period

Cash at the end of the period

The	notes	on	pages	77	to	111	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

Note

(17,417)

(13,840)

6,237 

37,729 

9,762 

684 

103 

(3)

4,981	

39,379	

11,217	

106 

–

(24)

14,689 

20,706	

1,197 

(5,717)

2,571 

(1,187)

48,648 

(22,085)

26,563 

(12,974)

(373)

13,216 

–

–

(16,804)

(16,804)

12,954 

(170)

31,000 

(11,000)

(12,498)

(1,764)

18,522 

14,934 

277 

15,211 

(2,180)

(13,334)

5,831	

(3,587)

49,255	

(56,642)

(7,387)

(18,392)

1,143	

(24,636)

(11,010)

(700)

(20,278)

(31,988)

103,121 

(4,076)

57,000	

(94,500)

(9,620)

(882)

51,043	

(5,581)

5,858	

277	

24

24

20

20

26

15

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201677

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
a) Reporting entity
The	Company	is	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	the	United	Kingdom.

These Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Company and 
its	subsidiaries	(the	Group).

The	Group	is	primarily	involved	in	providing	tool	and	equipment	hire	and	
related	services	in	the	United	Kingdom	and	the	Republic	of	Ireland.

HSS	Hire	Group	Limited	was	incorporated	on	7	January	2015	as	 
a private company limited by shares in the United Kingdom and 
re-registered	as	a	public	limited	company	on	19	January	2015.	 
The Company listed its shares on the London Stock Exchange  
on	9	February	2015.

The	Group	and	Company	Financial	Statements	were	approved	by	 
the	Board	of	Directors	on	5	April	2017.

b) Statement of compliance
The	Group	Financial	Statements	of	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	have	been	
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRS) and the 
Companies	Act	2006.

The	Directors	have	taken	advantage	of	the	option	within	section	390	of	
the Companies Act 2006 to prepare their Financial Statements up to a 
date seven days either side of the Company’s accounting reference 
date of 31 December, and these accounts therefore cover the period 
from	27	December	2015	to	31	December	2016	(2015:	28	December	
2014	to	26	December	2015).

c) Functional and presentational currency
These	Financial	Statements	are	presented	in	pounds	Sterling	(£),	which	
is	the	Group’s	presentational	currency.	The	functional	currency	of	the	
parent and subsidiaries is pounds sterling, except for those that are 
incorporated in the Republic of Ireland, which have the euro as their 
functional	currency.	All	amounts	have	been	rounded	to	the	nearest	
thousand,	unless	otherwise	indicated.

d) Basis of preparation
The Financial Statements for the year ended 26 December 2015 were 
the	first	set	of	consolidated	Financial	Statements	of	HSS	Hire	Group	
plc, which was the new ultimate holding company of Hampshire Topco 
Limited,	following	a	reconstruction	of	the	Group	to	facilitate	the	Initial	
Public	Offering	on	9	February	2015.	

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared under the 
merger method of accounting because the transaction under which 
HSS	Hire	Group	plc	became	the	holding	company	of	Hampshire	Topco	
Limited	was	effectively	a	Group	reconstruction	with	no	changes	in	the	
ultimate	ownership	of	the	Group	and	all	the	shareholdings	in	Hampshire	
Topco	plc	were	exchanged	via	a	share	for	share	transfer.	HSS	Group	
plc	did	not	actively	trade	at	the	time.	The	Group	reconstruction	took	
place	on	4	February	2015.	

The Financial Statements have been presented as a continuation of the 
Hampshire	Topco	Limited	business.	The	result	of	the	application	is	to	
present	the	Financial	Statements	as	if	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	has	always	
owned	the	Group,	and	the	comparatives	have	been	prepared	on	 
this	basis.	

Under merger accounting the shares issued on merger were recorded 
in	the	consolidated	financial	balance	sheet	at	the	nominal	value	of	 
the	shares	issued	plus	the	fair	value	of	any	additional	consideration.	 
The	difference	between	the	nominal	value	of	the	shares	issued	and	 
the nominal value of the shares acquired, if any, is taken to a merger 
reserve	in	the	Group	accounts.	The	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	
subsidiaries	are	consolidated	at	book	value	in	the	Group	accounts	 
and	the	consolidated	reserves	of	the	group	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	
statutory share capital, share premium and merger reserve of HSS Hire 
Group	plc	as	if	it	had	always	existed,	adjusted	for	movements	in	the	
underlying Hampshire Topco Ltd share capital and reserves until the 
share	for	share	exchange.

These Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis	with	the	exception	of	derivative	financial	instruments,	which	are	
measured	at	fair	value	on	each	reporting	date.	

The	principal	steps	of	the	Group	reorganisation	were	as	follows:	

On	incorporation	the	share	capital	of	HSS	Hire	Group	Limited	was	
£50,001	divided	into	1	ordinary	share	of	£1.00	each	and	50,000	
redeemable	preference	shares	of	£1.00	each.	

HSS	Hire	Group	plc	replaced	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	as	the	holding	
company	of	the	Group,	immediately	following	determination	of	the	 
offer	price	on	3	February	2015,	through	a	share	for	share	exchange.	

As part of the reorganisation, and immediately prior to the share for 
share exchange, the external loan note holders in the Hampshire Topco 
Group	transferred	all	of	their	interests	in	the	notes	to	Hampshire	Topco	
Limited in consideration for the issue of ordinary shares in Hampshire 
Topco	Limited.	An	aggregate	loan	note	balance	of	approximately	
£86,000,000	including	£795,500	of	accrued	interest	was	converted	
into	ordinary	shares.	Such	shares	in	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	were	
subsequently	exchanged	for	shares	in	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	as	part	of	
the	reorganisation.

In addition, at the same date, the 50,000 preference shares were 
redeemed.	

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently 
to	all	periods	presented	in	these	Financial	Statements.

e) New accounting standards and accounting standards not  
yet effective
There were no new IFRSs or IFRICs that had to be implemented  
during	the	year	that	significantly	affect	these	Financial	Statements.

Standards effective in future periods
The following new standards, amendments and interpretations to 
existing	standards,	which	are	applicable	to	the	Group,	have	been	
published	and	are	mandatory	for	the	Group’s	accounting	periods	
beginning	after	1	January	2017	or	later	and	which	the	Group	has	
decided	not	to	adopt	early.	

 → IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides 
guidance on the recognition, timing and measurement of revenue, 
and	is	effective	for	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2018

 → IFRS	9	Financial	Instruments,	which	replaces	IAS39	Financial	

Instruments: Recognition and Measurement in its entirety, and is 
effective	for	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2018

 → Amendments to IAS 12 – Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for 

Unrealised Losses

 → Amendments	to	IAS	7	–	Disclosure	Initiative

 → Amendments	to	IFRS	2	–	Classification	and	Measurement	of	

Share-based Payment Transactions

 → Annual	Improvements	to	IFRS	(2014–2016	Cycle)

 → IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information78

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

1.Accounting policies (continued)
e) New accounting standards and accounting standards not  
yet effective (continued)
The Directors anticipate that adoption of these Standards and 
Interpretations in future periods will not have a material impact on the 
Financial	Statements	of	the	Group.

 → IFRS 16 Leases, which sets out the principles for the recognition, 
measurement,	presentation	and	disclosure	of	leases,	effective	for	
periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2019.

The	Group	is	in	the	process	of	assessing	the	impact	that	the	application	
of IFRS 16 will have on the Financial Statements, but it is expected to be 
material	given	the	number	of	operating	leases	the	Group	has	entered	
into,	as	detailed	in	note	23.	IFRS	16	will	require	the	Group	to	recognise	 
a liability and right of use asset for the majority of the leases currently 
treated	as	operating.	This	will	affect	fixed	assets,	current	and	non-
current liabilities, and the measurement and disclosure of expenses 
associated with the leases (depreciation and interest expense 
compared	to	operating	lease	rentals	currently).	It	is	not	practicable	to	
provide	a	reasonable	estimate	of	the	effects	of	the	adoption	of	IFRS	16	
until a detailed review has been completed, given the complexity of the 
standard	and	volume	of	leases.

f) Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In preparing these Financial Statements, management has made 
judgements,	estimates	and	assumptions	that	affect	the	application	of	
the	Group’s	accounting	policies	and	the	reported	amount	of	assets,	
liabilities,	income,	expenses	and	other	disclosures.	The	estimates	 
and underlying assumptions are based on historical experience and 
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances.	The	estimates	and	underlying	assumptions	are	
reviewed	on	an	ongoing	basis.	

Changes in accounting estimates may be necessary if there are 
changes in the circumstances on which the estimate was based,  
or	as	a	result	of	new	or	further	information.	Such	changes	are	
recognised	in	the	period	in	which	the	estimate	is	revised.

Key assumptions about the future and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying value of assets and liabilities over the next year are set  
out	below.

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant  
and equipment
These assets are reviewed annually or more frequently if there is an 
indication of impairment to ensure that they are not carried above their 
estimated	recoverable	amounts.	To	assess	if	any	impairment	exists,	
estimates	are	made	of	the	future	cash	flows	expected	to	result	from	the	
use	of	the	asset	and	its	eventual	disposal.	Actual	outcomes	could	vary	
from	such	estimates	of	discounted	future	cash	flows.	Such	calculations	
require assumptions related to the appropriate discount rate, the long 
term	growth	rate	and	also	short	term	performance	and	cash	flows.	 
The directors consider historic performance as well as referencing to 
external	information	to	arrive	at	these	assumptions.	Further	details	of	
the impairment reviews undertaken, assumptions and sensitivities are 
given	in	note	11.

Onerous lease provision
Provisions have been made for onerous leases on non-trading stores 
associated	with	the	Group’s	property	portfolio.	The	carrying	amount	of	
the	onerous	lease	provision	will	be	affected	by	changes	in	the	discount	
rate.	The	discount	rate	used	to	calculate	these	provisions	is	based	on	
UK gilt yields to approximate a risk free rate and as at 31 December 
2016	was	0.48	%	(2015:	1.90	%).	The	interest	rate	used	in	discounting	
the	cash	flows	is	reviewed	annually.	Further	details	of	the	assumptions	
and	sensitivities	are	given	in	note	18.

The need for provisions for onerous leases against non-trading  
stores, measured net of expected rental income, is assessed when  
the leased property becomes vacant and is no longer used in the 
operations	of	the	Group	or	when	a	decision	has	formally	been	 
made	to	do	so.	These	provisions	are	recognised	on	a	lease	by	lease	
basis.	The	determination	of	the	onerous	lease	provision	requires	
management, in conjunction with its third party property advisers,  
to make judgements and estimates about the ultimate cost to the 
Group,	including	the	nature,	timings	and	cost	of	exiting	a	lease,	and	 
any additional unavoidable costs, and the level of sublease income,  
if	applicable.	

The	actual	costs	and	timing	of	cash	flows	are	dependent	on	future	
events	and	market	conditions.	Any	difference	between	management	
estimates and actual costs is accounted for in the period when such 
determination	is	made.	

Useful economic life and residual value of assets
The	Group’s	policy	for	applying	useful	economic	lives	and	residual	
values of assets has been determined through applying historical 
experience and taking into consideration the nature of assets and  
their	intended	use,	and	achieved	values	on	sale	when	disposed.

The net book value of materials and equipment held for hire was  
£133.9	million	at	31	December	2016	(2015:	£143.3	million)	and	the	
related	depreciation	charge	was	£27.9	million	(2015:	£31.8	million).	 
The	majority	of	hire	stock	items	are	given	no	residual	value.	Certain	
plant (powered access and power generation) have residual values  
of	between	10	and	20%	of	original	cost.

Recoverability of trade receivables
Judgements	are	required	in	assessing	the	recoverability	of	overdue	
trade receivables and determining whether a provision against those 
receivables	is	required.	The	Group	monitors	the	risk	profile	of	debtors	
and makes provisions for amounts that may not be recoverable  
based on past default experience and the directors’ assessment of  
the	economic	environment.	The	recoverability	of	overdue	receivables	 
is	considered	together	with	the	sales	credit	note	provision.

The	Group’s	bad	debt	and	credit	note	provision	is	disclosed	in	note	14.

Exceptional items 
The	Group	has	classified	a	number	of	expenses	as	exceptional	 
during the year because of their size or nature or because they are 
non-recurring.	The	Group	incurred	costs	restructuring	the	business	
and its operating model, including commencement of operations at the 
National	Distribution	and	Engineering	Centre	(NDEC).	The	Group	has	
recognised	certain	of	these	costs	as	exceptional	to	better	reflect	the	
underlying	results	of	the	business.	This	allocation	to	exceptional	costs	
involved	considerable	judgement.	As	branches	and	distribution	centres	
rolled into the NDEC there was a period of increased costs due to the 
operation	of	both	the	new	and	old	models	in	parallel.	The	Group	has	
determined that a reasonable approximation of these parallel running 
costs to be the total costs incurred in operating the NDEC up to the 
point where 50% of the operational volumes were processed through 
the	NDEC	rather	than	the	original	branch	and	distribution	network.

The	Groups	exceptional	items	are	disclosed	in	note	4.	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201679

i) Restatements
On	8	May	2015,	the	Group	acquired	the	entire	share	capital	of	All	
Seasons Hire Limited, one of the leading heating, ventilation and 
air-conditioning	(“HVAC”)	hire	companies	in	the	UK.	At	26	June	2015	
and	26	December	2015,	a	provisional	fair	valuation	of	the	identifiable	
assets	and	liabilities	was	recorded.

In accordance with IFRS 3, measurement period adjustments have 
now been made to provisional values which result in a restatement of 
amounts	previously	recognised	at	26	December	2015.	The	result	of	
these	adjustments	changes	the	provisional	goodwill	from	£7.0	million,	
as	reported	at	26	December	2015,	to	£7.3	million.

Further	details	may	be	found	in	note	24.

j) Segment reporting
IFRS	8	Operating	segments	requires	operating	segments	to	be	
reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to 
the	chief	operating	decision	maker.	The	chief	operating	decision	maker,	
who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance 
of	the	operating	segments,	has	been	identified	as	the	management	
team,	including	the	Chief	Executive	Officer,	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
Chief	Commercial	Officer.	Details	of	the	Group’s	segments	are	given	in	
note	2.

k) Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency transactions are translated into an entity’s functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions	or	valuation	where	items	are	re-measured.	Foreign	
currency translation gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates 
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised	in	the	income	statement.	Foreign	currency	translation	gains	
and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are 
presented	in	the	income	statement	within	finance	income	or	finance	
expense.	All	other	foreign	currency	translation	gains	and	losses	are	
presented	in	the	income	statement	within	administrative	expenses.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and 
fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to the 
Group’s	presentational	currency,	Sterling,	at	foreign	currency	exchange	
rates	ruling	at	the	reporting	date.	

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an 
average rate for the period, which approximates the foreign currency 
exchange	rates	ruling	at	the	dates	of	the	transactions.	Exchange	
differences	arising	from	the	translation	of	foreign	operations	are	
reported	in	other	comprehensive	income.	Where	required,	any	
translation	into	the	Group’s	presentational	currency	follows	the	policy	
for	foreign	operations.

1.Accounting policies (continued)
g) Going concern
Note	22	includes	the	Group’s	objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	
capital	management	and	for	financial	risk	management	including	
market	risk,	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.

The	directors	have	also	considered	the	adequacy	of	the	Group’s	debt	
facilities	with	specific	regard	to	the	following	factors:

 → there is no requirement to redeem any of the senior secured notes 

until	1	August	2019.

 → the	terms	and	financial	covenants	relating	to	the	revolving	credit	
facility	secured	by	the	Group,	as	detailed	in	notes	17	and	22.

The	Group’s	forecasts	and	projections,	taking	account	of	reasonably	
possible changes in trading performance, and senior debt and interest 
repayments	falling	due,	as	detailed	in	note	17,	show	that	the	Group	is	
expected to be able to operate within the level of its current facilities for 
the	foreseeable	future.

After reviewing the above, taking into account current and future 
developments and principal risks and uncertainties, and making 
appropriate enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation  
that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	
existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.	Accordingly	they	continue	to	adopt	
the	going	concern	basis	in	preparing	these	Financial	Statements.

h) Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries	are	all	entities	over	which	the	Company	has	control.	 
The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability  
to	affect	those	returns	through	its	power	over	the	entity.	Subsidiaries	 
are	fully	consolidated	from	the	date	on	which	control	is	transferred.

Unless	merger	accounting	has	been	adopted	in	specific	
circumstances,	the	Group	applies	the	acquisition	method	to	account	
for	business	combinations.	The	consideration	transferred	for	the	
acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred,  
the liabilities incurred to former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
interests	issued	by	the	Group.	The	consideration	transferred	includes	
the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent 
consideration	arrangement.	Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	
and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are 
measured	initially	at	their	fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	Acquisition-
related	costs	are	expensed	as	incurred.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date 
carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the 
acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date, any gains 
or	losses	arising	from	such	re-measurement	are	recognised	in	the	profit	
or	loss.

Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the acquisition 
date.	If	the	contingent	consideration	is	classified	as	equity	then	it	is	not	
re-measured	and	settlement	is	accounted	for	within	equity.	Otherwise,	
subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are 
recognised	in	profit	or	loss.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains  
on	transactions	between	Group	companies	are	eliminated	 
on	consolidation.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information80

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

1) Accounting policies (continued)
l) Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings comprise leasehold and freehold branches, 
workshops	and	offices,	and	are	stated	at	cost,	less	depreciation	or	
provision	for	impairment	where	appropriate.	Land	is	not	depreciated	
and depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line 
method to allocate their cost or revalued amounts to their residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Material and equipment held for hire:

 → Tools and general equipment 

Two to ten years

 → Powered access   

 → Power generation  

 → Climate control 

Non-hire assets:

Five to ten years

Five to ten years

Two to ten years

 → Leasehold	properties	with	less		

than	fifty	years	unexpired	

Over	unexpired 
period	of	lease

 → Freehold buildings and  

long	leasehold	properties	

 → Plant & machinery  

Over	fifty	years

Two to ten years

The	Group	reviews	its	depreciation	policy	annually.	Effective	27	
December 2015, the directors have assessed that the residual values  
of certain powered access assets should be changed from 10% to 
20% and residual values of 10% should be introduced for power 
generation	assets.	As	a	result	of	these	changes,	which	have	been	
applied prospectively from the beginning of the year, the depreciation 
charge for the year ending 31 December 2016 has been reduced by 
£4.2	million.	During	the	year	ended	26	December	2015,	the	directors	
aligned the useful lives of powered access and power generation 
assets across the group, resulting in a reduction of the depreciation 
charge	for	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	of	£2.0	million.

Materials and equipment held for hire purposes are stated at cost,  
less	depreciation	or	provision	for	impairment	where	appropriate.	
Materials	and	equipment	are	written	off	over	their	useful	economic	 
life to the asset’s residual value which is estimated at between twenty 
percent	of	cost	and	nil.	Residual	values	are	only	applied	to	powered	
access	and	power	generation	assets.	Profits	or	losses	arising	when	
customers are invoiced for loss of equipment held for hire purposes  
are	calculated	by	reference	to	average	written	down	values.

Gains	and	losses	on	disposals	of	materials	and	equipment	held	for	hire	
are	calculated	as	the	difference	between	the	proceeds	received	and	
the	carrying	amount	of	the	asset	and	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.

Impairment reviews are undertaken whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value of property, plant and 
equipment	may	not	be	recoverable.	If	the	fair	value	of	a	tangible	asset	 
is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount  
is	reduced	to	its	recoverable	amount.	Where	an	impairment	loss	
subsequently reverses, the carrying amount is increased to the revised 
estimate, but restricted so that the increased amount does not exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined had no 
impairment	loss	been	recognised	in	prior	years.	Any	impairment	losses	
or	reversals	are	recognised	immediately	in	the	income	statement.

m) Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill	arises	on	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	and	represents	the	
difference	between	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	transferred	and	
the	fair	value	of	the	acquired	assets,	liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities.

Impairment of goodwill 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business 
combination	is	allocated	to	each	of	the	cash	generating	units	(CGUs),	 
or	groups	of	CGUs	that	is	expected	to	benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	
combination.	A	CGU	is	the	smallest	group	of	assets	that	generates	
cash	inflows	from	continuing	use	that	are	largely	independent	of	the	
cash	flows	of	other	assets	or	CGUs.

Goodwill	impairment	reviews	are	undertaken	annually.	The	carrying	
value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is  
the	higher	of	value	in	use	and	the	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal.	 
Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is  
not	subsequently	reversed.

Intangible assets acquired on acquisition
When	an	acquisition	is	completed	intangible	assets	are	separately	
identified	from	goodwill	and	measured	at	fair	value.	Brands	are	valued	
using	the	relief	from	royalty	method.	Customer	relationships	are	valued	
using	the	excess	of	earnings	method.

The	HSS	brand	was	first	established	in	the	late	1950’s,	and	therefore	
given its longevity the directors consider the HSS brand to have an 
indefinite	life	and	it	is	not	therefore	amortised,	but	instead	subjected	to	
annual impairment testing using the relief from royalty methodology to 
calculate	the	fair	value	of	the	brand.	

All other brands and customer relationships are amortised on a straight-
line	basis	over	their	useful	economic	life.	The	directors	have	assessed	
the brands of ABird, UK Platforms, TecServ and Apex and estimated 
that	they	have	useful	economic	lives	of	20	years.	The	directors	have	
estimated the customer relationship intangible assets recognised  
on the acquisition of Hero Acquisitions Limited, TecServ Cleaning 
Equipment	Services	Limited	and	Apex	Generators	Limited	as	 
having	useful	economic	lives	of	10	years.	Amortisation	is	charged	 
to	administrative	expenses.

During	2015	the	Group	acquired	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(note	24).	 
The directors have assessed the brand and the customer relationship 
intangible assets recognised on acquisition to have useful economic 
lives	of	10	and	12	years	respectively.	

Software development costs
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes  
are	recognised	as	an	expense	as	incurred.	Development	costs	that	are	
directly	attributable	to	the	design	and	testing	of	identifiable	and	unique	
software	products	controlled	by	the	Group	are	recognised	as	intangible	
assets when the following criteria are met:

 → it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it  

will	be	available	for	use;

 → management intends to complete the software product and use  

or	sell	it;

 → there	is	an	ability	to	use	or	sell	the	software	product;

 → it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate 

probable	future	economic	benefits;

 → adequate	technical,	financial	and	other	resources	to	complete	the	
development	and	to	use	or	sell	the	software	product	are	available;	
and

 → the expenditure attributable to the software product during its 

development	can	be	reliably	measured.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives, which does not exceed  
four	years.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
	
	
 
81

1.Accounting policies (continued)
m) Intangible assets (continued)
Other intangible assets
Other	intangible	assets	that	are	acquired	by	the	Group	that	have	finite	
useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
any	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Other	intangible	assets	are	
amortised over their useful economic life, and the amortisation charge 
is	included	within	administrative	expenses.

r) Share capital
Ordinary shares
Financial	instruments	used	by	the	Group	are	classified	as	equity	only	 
to	the	extent	that	they	do	not	meet	the	definition	of	a	financial	asset	 
or	a	financial	liability.	The	Group’s	ordinary	shares	and	preference	
shares	are	classified	as	equity	instruments.	Incremental	costs	directly	
attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a 
deduction	from	equity,	net	of	any	tax	effects.

Impairment of intangible assets (excluding goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite lives)
Impairment reviews are undertaken whenever events or changes in 
circumstances	indicate	their	carrying	value	may	not	be	recoverable.	 
If the fair value of an intangible asset is estimated to be less than its 
carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable 
amount.	Where	an	impairment	loss	subsequently	reverses,	the	carrying	
amount is increased to the revised estimate, but restricted so that the 
increased amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior 
years.	Any	impairment	losses	or	reversals	are	recognised	immediately	
in	the	income	statement.

n) Derivative financial instruments
Historically	the	Group	has	used	a	derivative	financial	instrument	to	
manage	its	exposure	to	interest	rate	risk.	Derivatives	are	initially	
recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered  
into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each 
reporting	date.	The	resulting	gain	or	loss	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	
immediately.	Derivatives	are	carried	as	financial	assets	when	the	fair	
value	is	positive	and	as	financial	liabilities	when	the	fair	value	is	negative.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or non-current liability  
if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than one year and  
is	not	expected	to	be	realised	or	settled	within	one	year.	Where	this	is	
not the case, derivatives are presented as current assets or current 
liabilities.	The	Group	did	not	have	any	derivative	financial	instruments	 
in	the	year.

o) Inventories
Inventories	are	stated	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value.	 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course 
of	business,	less	applicable	variable	selling	expenses.	Provision	is	
made for those inventory items where the net realisable value is 
estimated	to	be	lower	than	cost.	Net	realisable	value	is	based	on	both	
historical experience and assumptions regarding estimated future  
sales	value.

p) Trade receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value, which  
is	deemed	to	be	the	transaction	price.	Subsequently,	trade	and	other	
receivables	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	
method,	less	any	provision	for	impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective  
evidence	that	the	Group	will	be	unable	to	collect	all	of	the	amounts	 
due under the terms receivable, the amount of such provision being  
the	difference	between	the	net	carrying	amount	and	the	present	 
value	of	the	future	expected	cash	flows	associated	with	the	impaired	
receivables.	On	confirmation	that	the	trade	receivable	will	not	be	
collectable,	the	gross	carrying	value	of	the	asset	is	written	off	against	
the	associated	provision.

q) Cash
In	the	statement	of	cash	flows,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	includes	
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short term highly 
liquid investments with maturities of three months or less and bank 
overdrafts.	In	the	statement	of	financial	position,	bank	overdrafts	are	
shown	within	borrowings	in	current	liabilities.	

Share premium
The amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value, 
less	any	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	issue	of	new	shares.

Retained earnings/accumulated deficit
Cumulative	net	gains	and	losses	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

Dividends
Dividends on ordinary share capital are recognised as a liability in the 
Group’s	Financial	Statements	in	the	period	in	which	they	are	declared	
by	the	Company.	In	the	case	of	interim	dividends,	these	are	considered	
to	be	declared	when	they	are	paid	and	in	the	case	of	final	dividends	
these	are	declared	when	authorised	by	the	shareholders.

Merger reserve
The	merger	reserve	is	the	amount	arising	on	the	difference	between	the	
nominal value of the shares issued on the merger and the carrying value 
of	the	interest	in	subsidiary.

s) Trade and other payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have 
been	acquired	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	from	suppliers.	 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured	at	amortised	cost.	Trade	payables	are	classified	as	current	
liabilities if payment is due within one year or less, otherwise they are 
presented	as	non-current	liabilities.

t) Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred.	Borrowings	are	subsequently	carried	at	amortised	cost;	any	
difference	between	the	proceeds	(net	of	transaction	costs)	and	the	
redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period 
of	the	borrowings	using	the	effective	interest	method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as 
transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some 
or	all	of	the	facility	will	be	drawn	down.	In	this	case,	the	fee	is	deferred	
until	the	draw-down	occurs.	To	the	extent	there	is	no	evidence	that	it	is	
probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is 
capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over 
the	period	of	the	facility	to	which	it	relates.

u) Cost of sales, distribution costs and administrative expenses
Cost	of	sales	includes	direct	costs	associated	with	the	Group’s	
principal	business	of	equipment	hire.	Such	costs	include	hire	 
stock rehire, cost of reselling plant and equipment, maintenance, 
depreciation,	amortisation	and	asset	write-off	and	disposals.	
Distribution	expenses	comprise	vehicle	costs	and	transport	wages.	
Administrative	expenses	comprise	principally	staff	and	property	 
costs	and	costs	of	acquisitions.

v) Non-IFRS financial measures
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation 
(EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA, earnings before interest, tax and 
amortisation (EBITA) and Adjusted EBITA
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITA and Adjusted EBITA are non-IFRS 
and	non-Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Practice	(GAAP)	performance	
measures used by the directors and management to assess the 
operating	performance	of	the	Group.	

EBITDA	is	defined	by	the	Group	as	operating	profit	before	depreciation,	
amortisation	and	hire	stock	disposals	and	write-offs.	Exceptional	items	
are	excluded	from	EBITDA	to	calculate	Adjusted	EBITDA.	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information82

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

1.Accounting policies (continued)
v) Non-IFRS financial measures (continued)
EBITA	is	defined	by	the	Group	as	operating	profit	before	amortisation.	
Exceptional items are excluded from EBITA to calculate Adjusted 
EBITDA.	

The	Group	discloses	adjusted	EBITDA	and	adjusted	EBITA	as	
supplemental	non-IFRS	financial	performance	measures	because	 
the directors believe they are useful metrics by which to compare the 
performance of the business from period to period and such measures 
similar to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITA are broadly used by 
analysts, rating agencies and investors in assessing the performance  
of	the	Group.	Accordingly,	the	directors	believe	that	the	presentation	 
of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITA provides useful information  
to	users	of	the	Financial	Statements.

As these are non-IFRS measures, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted 
operating	profit	measures	used	by	other	entities	may	not	be	calculated	
in	the	same	way	and	are	hence	not	directly	comparable.

w) Finance income and expense
Finance	income	comprises	interest	receivable	on	cash	balances.

Finance expense comprises interest payable on borrowings, interest 
payable	on	finance	leases,	amortisation	and	write-off	of	debt	issuance	
costs	and	the	unwinding	of	the	discount	on	non-current	provisions.	

Interest	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	as	it	accrues,	using	the	effective	
interest	rate.	Interest	payable	on	borrowings	includes	a	charge	in	
respect of attributable transaction costs, which are recognised in  
profit	or	loss	over	the	period	of	the	borrowings	on	an	effective	interest	
basis.	The	interest	expense	component	of	finance	lease	payments	 
is recognised in the income statement using the lease’s implicit  
interest	rate.

x) Current and deferred income tax
The	tax	expense	for	the	period	comprises	current	and	deferred	tax.	 
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly 
in	equity.	In	this	case,	the	tax	is	also	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	
income	or	directly	in	equity,	respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws 
enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	statement	of	financial	position	
date.	Management	periodically	evaluates	positions	taken	in	tax	returns	
with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to 
interpretation.	It	establishes	provisions	where	appropriate	on	the	basis	
of	amounts	expected	to	be	paid	to	the	tax	authorities.

Deferred	income	tax	is	recognised	on	temporary	differences	arising	
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts	in	the	statement	of	financial	position.	However,	deferred	tax	
liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of 
goodwill.	Deferred	income	tax	is	not	accounted	for	if	it	arises	from	 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than  
a	business	combination	that	at	the	time	of	the	transaction	affects	
neither	accounting	nor	taxable	profit	or	loss.	Deferred	income	tax	 
is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively	enacted	by	the	statement	of	financial	position	date	and	
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is 
realised	or	the	deferred	income	tax	liability	is	settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable	that	future	taxable	profit	will	be	available	against	which	the	
temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.

Deferred income tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary 
differences	arising	from	investments	in	subsidiaries,	except	for	deferred	
income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
difference	is	controlled	by	the	Group	and	it	is	probable	that	the	
temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future.	

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on deductible temporary 
differences	arising	from	investments	in	subsidiaries	only	to	the	extent	
that	it	is	probable	the	temporary	difference	will	reverse	in	the	future	and	
there	is	sufficient	taxable	profit	available	against	which	the	temporary	
difference	can	be	utilised.	Deferred	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	 
are	offset	when	there	is	a	legally	enforceable	right	to	offset	current	tax	
assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income 
taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation	authority	on	either	the	same	taxable	entity	or	different	taxable	
entities	where	there	is	an	intention	to	settle	the	balances	on	a	net	basis.

y) Employee benefits
Short term employee benefits
Short-term	employee	benefits	are	expensed	as	the	related	service	is	
provided.	A	liability	is	recognised	for	the	amount	expected	to	be	paid	if	
the	Group	has	a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	to	pay	this	
amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the 
obligation	can	be	estimated	reliably.

Pension obligations
The	Group	operates	employee	optional	stakeholder	retirement	and	
death	benefit	schemes.	Both	employees	and	employers	are	required	 
to make contributions, with the employer’s contributions for each 
employee determined by the level of contribution made by the 
employee	and	the	employee’s	length	of	service	within	the	Group	or	
subsidiary	company.	The	employer’s	contributions	are	charged	to	 
profit	and	loss	in	the	year	in	which	the	contributions	are	due.

Termination benefits
Termination	benefits	are	payable	when	employment	is	terminated	 
by	the	Group	before	the	normal	retirement	date,	or	whenever	an	
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these 
benefits.	The	Group	recognises	termination	benefits	at	the	earlier	of	 
the	following	dates:	(a)	when	the	Group	can	no	longer	withdraw	the	 
offer	of	those	benefits;	and	(b)	when	the	entity	recognises	costs	for	a	
restructuring	that	is	within	the	scope	of	IAS	37	Provisions,	Contingent	
Liabilities and Contingent Assets and involves the payment of 
termination	benefits.	In	the	case	of	an	offer	made	to	encourage	
voluntary	redundancy,	the	termination	benefits	are	measured	based	 
on	the	number	of	employees	expected	to	accept	the	offer.	Benefits	
falling due more than 1 year after the end of the reporting period are 
discounted	to	their	present	value.

z) Provisions
Provisions for onerous leases, restructuring costs and legal claims are 
recognised when:

 → the	Group	has	a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	as	a	result	of	

past	events;

 → it	is	probable	that	an	outflow	of	resources	will	be	required	to	settle	the	

obligation;	and

 → the	amount	has	been	reliably	estimated.

Provisions for dilapidation are recognised in full when the related 
facilities	are	installed.	A	corresponding	amount	equivalent	to	the	
provision	is	also	recognised	as	part	of	the	cost	of	the	related	property.	
The	timing	and	amounts	of	future	cash	flows	related	to	lease	
dilapidations	are	subject	to	uncertainty.	The	provision	recognised	is	
based on management’s experience and understanding of the 
commercial retail property market and third party surveyors reports 
commissioned	for	specific	properties	in	order	to	best	estimate	the	
future	outflow	of	funds,	requiring	the	exercise	of	judgement	applied	to	
existing	facts	and	circumstances,	which	can	be	subject	to	change.	 
The amount recognised is the estimated cost of dilapidations, 
discounted to its net present value, and is reassessed each year in 
accordance	with	local	conditions	and	requirements.	Changes	in	the	
estimated timing of dilapidations or dilapidations cost estimates are 
dealt with prospectively by recording an adjustment to the provision, 
and	a	corresponding	adjustment	to	property,	plant	and	equipment.	 
The unwinding of the discount on the dilapidations provision is included 
as	a	finance	expense.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 201683

Fair values have been determined for measurement purposes based 
on the following methods:

Derivative instruments (level 2)
The fair values of interest rate swaps are calculated as the present value 
of	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	the	terms	and	maturity	of	
each contract and using market interest rates as applicable for a similar 
instrument	at	the	measurement	date.	Fair	values	reflect	the	credit	risk	 
of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit 
risk	of	the	Group	entity	and	counterparty	where	appropriate.

The fair value of interest rate swap contracts are calculated by 
management	based	on	external	valuations	received	from	the	Group’s	
bankers	and	is	based	on	anticipated	future	interest	yields.

dd) Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the income statement 
where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the 
underlying	financial	performance	of	the	Group.	Exceptional	items	are	
items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to 
the	significance	of	their	nature	or	amount	and	include	IPO	costs	(see	
note 1 ee) below) acquisition costs, restructuring costs and accelerated 
debt	issuance	costs.	Restructuring	costs	incurred	in	2016	primarily	
relate to costs associated with the implementation and ramp-up of the 
Group’s	new	operating	model,	principally	the	National	Distribution	&	
Engineering	Centre	(NDEC).	The	NDEC	is	more	fully	discussed	in	our	
Financial	Review	and	note	4.

ee) Listing costs
As	disclosed	in	note	1d,	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	was	admitted	to	the	
premium	listing	segment	of	the	Official	List	of	the	Financial	Conduct	
Authority	on	9	February	2015.	As	part	of	the	IPO,	the	Group	incurred	
certain	costs.	These	costs	have	been	allocated	between	those	relating	
to the issue of new shares, those related to the issue of existing shares, 
and	those	costs	related	to	other	activities	associated	with	the	IPO.	
Costs that relate to the issue of new shares have been set against  
HSS	Hire	Group	plc’s	share	premium	account	in	accordance	with	 
IAS	32	(Financial	Instruments:	Presentation.	All	other	IPO-related	costs	
are	charged	to	profit	or	loss.

ff) Credit note provision
The	Group	makes	provision	for	credit	notes	raised	and	expected	to	 
be raised after the end of the reporting period that relate to customer 
invoices raised before the end of the period, net of any impairment 
charges	relating	to	the	customer	invoices.

gg) Share based payments
Share	based	payments	transactions	in	which	the	Group	receives	
goods or services as consideration for its own equity instruments are 
accounted	for	as	equity-settled	share	based	payments.	The	grant	 
date fair value of the share based payment granted to employees is 
recognised as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase  
in equity, over the period that the employee becomes unconditionally 
entitled	to	the	awards.	The	fair	value	of	the	options	granted	is	measured	
using an option valuation model where required, taking into account  
the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted and  
is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting	period	of	the	award.

The	amount	recognised	as	an	expense	is	adjusted	to	reflect	the	actual	
number of awards for which the related service and non-market vesting 
conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately 
recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards that do 
meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at  
the	vesting	date.

1.Accounting policies (continued)
z) Provisions (continued)
Restructuring provisions comprise lease termination penalties and 
employee	termination	payments.	Provisions	are	not	recognised	for	
future	operating	losses.	Provisions	are	measured	at	the	present	value	 
of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation 
using	a	pre-tax	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	
time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	obligation.

aa) Revenue recognition
The	Group’s	activities	consist	of	supplying	hire	and	equipment	services	
within	the	UK	and	the	Republic	of	Ireland.	Revenue	is	measured	at	the	
fair value of the consideration received or receivable, and represents 
amounts receivable for goods and services supplied, including 
compensation for damaged or lost hire stock, stated net of discounts, 
rebates,	returns	and	value	added	taxes.

The	Group	recognises	revenue	when	the	amount	of	revenue	can	be	
reliably	measured	when	it	is	probable	that	future	economic	benefits	will	
flow	to	the	entity.	Revenue	is	recognised	as	follows:

 → hire activities 

over the period of hire on a  
straight-line	basis;

 → damaged/lost	hire		

stock	compensation	

when	the	loss	or	damage 
is	identified;	and

 → training and  

support	services	 	

when a right to consideration arises 
on	the	delivery	of	the	training	course.

Revenue	arising	from	the	sale	of	ex-hire	fleet	assets,	fuel	and	
consumables is recognised in the income statement within the revenue 
line	when	the	significant	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	have	been	
transferred	to	the	buyer.

bb) Leases
Assets	held	under	finance	leases,	which	are	leases	where	substantially	
all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset have transferred to 
the	Group,	and	hire	purchase	contracts	are	capitalised	in	the	balance	
sheet and are depreciated over the shorter of useful life and lease term 
with	any	impairment	being	recognised	in	accumulated	depreciation.	
Leased assets are recorded at an amount equal to the lower of its fair 
value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at the 
inception	of	finance	leases.	The	capital	elements	of	future	obligations	
under leases and hire purchase contracts are included in liabilities in  
the	statement	of	financial	position	and	analysed	between	current	and	
non-current	amounts.	The	interest	elements	of	the	obligations	are	
charged to the income statement over the periods of the leases and 
hire purchase contracts so as to produce a constant periodic rate of 
interest	on	the	remaining	balance	of	the	liability.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards  
of	ownership	are	classified	as	operating	leases.	Operating	lease	rentals	
are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
lease	term.	

Lease incentives are recorded as a liability and then recognised over 
the lease term on a straight-line basis in the income statement as a 
reduction	of	rental	expense.

cc) Fair value measurement
A	number	of	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	and	disclosures	require	
the	determination	of	fair	value,	for	both	financial	and	non-financial	
assets	and	liabilities.	Set	out	below	is	an	analysis	of	the	valuation	
method	of	the	Group’s	financial	instruments:	

The	different	levels	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy	have	been	defined	 
as follows:

 → Level 1:  quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical 

assets or liabilities

 → Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that 
are	observable,	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	directly	(i.e.	as	prices)	 
or	indirectly	(i.e.	derived	from	prices)

 → Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on 

observable market data (unobservable inputs)

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
	
	
	
 
84

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

2. Segment reporting
For	management	purposes,	the	Group’s	operations	have	historically	been	segmented	into	HSS	Core	and	HSS	Specialist,	as	follows:

 → HSS	Core	–	the	provision	of	tool	and	equipment	hire	and	related	services.

 → HSS Specialist – the provision of generator, climate control, powered access and cleaning equipment hire and the provision of cleaning 

maintenance	services,	under	specialist	brands.

These	segments	distinguished	between	the	long-standing	tool	and	equipment	hire	business	of	the	Group	and	the	specialist	businesses,	enabling	
visibility	of	their	performance	post	acquisition.	Now	that	the	Specialist	businesses	are	more	integrated	into	the	Group	and	with	the	increase	in	the	
Group’s	rehire	business,	changes	have	been	made	to	the	way	segmental	analysis	is	presented	to	enable	improved	understanding	of	contribution	
relative	to	revenue.

Accordingly	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	the	Group’s	operations	are	segmented	into	the	following	new	reportable	segments:

 → Rental	and	related	revenue.

 → Services.

Rental and related revenue comprises the rental income earned from owned tools and equipment, including powered access, power  
generation, cleaning and HVAC assets, together with directly related revenue such as resale (fuel and other consumables), transport and  
other	ancillary	revenues.

Services	comprise	the	Group’s	rehire	business	(HSS	OneCall),	HSS	Training	and	TecServ.	HSS	OneCall	provides	customers	with	a	single	point	 
of	contact	for	the	hire	of	products	that	are	not	typically	held	within	HSS’	fleet	and	are	obtained	from	approved	third	party	partners;	HSS	Training	
provides	customers	with	specialist	safety	training	across	a	wide	range	of	products	and	sectors;	and	TecServ	provides	customers	with	
maintenance	services	for	a	full	range	of	cleaning	machines.

The	comparative	segmental	reporting	has	therefore	been	adjusted	to	reflect	these	new	reportable	segments.

Contribution	is	defined	as	segment	operating	profit	before	branch	and	selling	costs,	central	costs,	depreciation,	amortisation	and	 
exceptional	items.

All	segment	revenue,	operating	profit,	assets	and	liabilities	are	attributable	to	the	principal	activity	of	the	Group	being	the	provision	of	tool	and	
equipment	hire	and	related	services	in,	and	to	customers	in,	the	UK	and	the	Republic	of	Ireland.	The	Group	has	no	single	external	customers	that	
provide	more	than	10%	of	Group	turnover.

Year ended 31 December 2016

Total revenue from external customers

Contribution

Branch and selling costs

Central costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Less: Exceptional items (non-finance)

Less: Depreciation and amortisation

Operating loss

Finance income

Adjusted	finance	expense

Exceptional	finance	expenses

Loss before tax

Rental  
(and related 
revenue) 
£000s

262,817 

179,429 

Services 
£000s

79,593 

10,317 

Central 
£000s

–

–

(89,294)

(31,814)

–

(40,572)

–

(267)

(16,957)

(13,573)

Total 
£000s

342,410 

189,746 

(89,294)

(31,814)

68,638 

(16,957)

(54,412)

(2,731)

3 

(14,689)

 – 

(17,417)

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
85

Rental  
(and related 
revenue) 
£000s

 27,337 

 – 

 – 

133,922 

169,748 

Year ended 31 December 2016

Services 
£000s

Central 
£000s

Total 
£000s

 115 

149

 – 

387 

542 

 14,945 

 4,590 

 42,397 

 4,739 

 – 

 – 

44,164 

8,465 

178,473 

178,755 

780

780

126,853

126,853

(162,082)

(162,082)

(169,393)

(169,393)

153,386

Year ended 26 December 2015

Rental  
(and related 
revenue) 
£000s

262,850	

182,101	

Services 
£000s

49,483	

6,134	

(45,701)

(170)

Central 
£000s

–

–

(86,012)

(31,176)

(8,522)

(9,812)

Total 
£000s

312,333 

188,235	

(86,012)

(31,176)

71,047	

(8,522)

(55,683)

6,842	

24	

(14,561)

(6,145)

(13,840)

2. Segment reporting (continued)

Additions to non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles

Acquired on acquisitions
Intangibles

Non-current assets net book value
Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles

Unallocated corporate assets 
Non current deferred tax assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non current liabilities

Total revenue from external customers

Contribution

Branch and selling costs

Central costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Less: Exceptional items (non-finance)

Less: Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit

Finance income

Adjusted	finance	expense

Exceptional	finance	expenses

Loss before tax

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

2. Segment reporting (continued)

Additions to non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles

Acquired on acquisitions
Intangibles

Non-current assets net book value
Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles

Unallocated corporate assets 
Non current deferred tax assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non current liabilities

3. Other operating income

Other	operating	income

Rental  
(and related 
revenue) 
£000s

 65,020 

 – 

	9,762	

143,260	

172,665	

Year ended 26 December 2015

Services 
£000s

Central 
£000s

Total 
£000s

	240	

	577	

 – 

396	

600 

	18,779	

	4,505	

84,039	

5,082	

 – 

9,762	

39,557	

6,977	

183,213	

180,242	

	1,900	

	1,900	

	108,492	

	108,492	

(141,113)

(174,465)

(141,113)

(174,465)

158,269	

Year ended  
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

1,151 

1,151 

869	

869	

Other	operating	income	includes	£1.2	million	(2015:	£0.9	million)	in	respect	of	sub-let	rental	income	received	on	vacant	properties,	which	has	been	
recognised	within	exceptional	items	(note	4).

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
87

4. Exceptional items 
Items	of	income	or	expense	have	been	shown	as	exceptional	either	because	of	their	size	or	nature	or	because	they	are	non-recurring.	An	analysis	
of	the	amount	presented	as	exceptional	items	in	the	consolidated	income	statement	is	given	below.

During	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	the	Group	has	recognised	total	exceptional	costs	of	£17.0	million,	analysed	as	follows:

Included in 
cost of sales 
£000s

Included in 
distribution 
costs 
£000s

Included in 
administrative 
expenses 
£000s

Included 
in other 
operating 
income 
£000s

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

NDEC exceptional costs
Project management, design, set-up

Parallel running

Non-recurring transitional engineering costs

Branch and CDC closure redundancies

Total NDEC exceptional costs
Branch and distribution centre closure onerous leases

Group	restructuring

Resale stock impairment

Pre-opening costs

Cost reduction programme

IPO	fees

Acquisitions

Sub-let rental income on onerous leases

508 

1,036 

125 

162 

1,831 

–

15 

1,552 

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,128 

–

163 

1,291 

–

5 

–

8 

–

–

–

–

2,560 

4,130 

226 

116 

7,032 

4,492 

1,622 

–

172 

–

74 

–

–

Exceptional items (non-finance)

3,398 

1,304 

13,392 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,068 

6,294 

351 

441 

10,154 

4,492 

1,642 

1,552 

180 

–

74 

–

(1,137)

(1,137)

(1,137)

16,957 

Refinancing costs
Included	in	finance	expense

Exceptional items (finance)

Total exceptional items

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,398 

1,304 

13,392 

(1,137)

16,957 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

4. Exceptional items (continued)
During	the	year	ended	26	December	2015,	the	Group	has	recognised	total	exceptional	costs,	analysed	as	follows:

NDEC exceptional costs
Project management, design, set-up

Parallel running

Non-recurring transitional engineering costs

Branch and CDC closure redundancies

Total NDEC exceptional costs
Branch and distribution centre closure onerous leases

Group	restructuring

Resale stock impairment

Pre-opening costs

Cost reduction programme

IPO	fees

Acquisitions

Sub-let rental income on onerous leases

Exceptional items (non-finance)

Refinancing costs
Included	in	finance	expense

Exceptional items (finance)

Included in  
cost of sales 
£000s

Included in 
distribution  
costs 
£000s

Included in 
administrative 
expenses 
£000s

Included  
in other  
operating 
income 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,856	

–

–

–

1,856	

2,627	

–

–

215 

1,571	

2,868	

254	

–

9,391	

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(869)

(869)

–

–

1,856	

–

–

–

1,856	

2,627	

–

–

215 

1,571	

2,868	

254	

(869)

8,522	

6,145	

6,145	

Exceptional items (non-finance)
Changes to the operating model
During	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	the	Group	incurred	costs	restructuring	the	business	and	its	operating	model,	including	the	
commencement	of	operations	at	the	National	Distribution	and	Engineering	Centre	(“NDEC”),	closure	of	branches	and	distribution	centres	 
across	England,	Wales	and	Scotland,	centralisation	of	activity	into	fewer	locations	and	creating	a	new	divisional	structure.	

NDEC
The NDEC is a centralised engineering and replenishment centre set-up to serve our branch and distribution network which will provide improved 
customer	experience,	operational	and	capital	efficiency.	This	replaces	the	former	hub	and	spoke	model	deployed	by	the	Group.

After an initial implementation planning period, operations began at the NDEC in March 2016 with the phased national roll-in of operational  
activities	from	branches	and	distribution	centres	across	England,	Wales	and	Scotland.	During	the	set-up	and	roll-in	phase,	the	Group	has	incurred	
significant	implementation	costs,	including	a	dedicated	project	team,	warehouse	design,	running	of	the	original	branch	and	distribution	network	in	
parallel	with	the	NDEC	and	non-recurring	transitional	and	rectification	costs	associated	with	enabling	the	NDEC	to	become	operationally	efficient.	
The	Group	has	recognised	certain	of	these	costs	as	an	exceptional	expense	in	order	to	better	reflect	the	underlying	results	of	the	business.	This	
allocation	to	exceptional	costs	involved	considerable	judgement	by	the	Directors	but	it	has	no	impact	on	operating	profit	nor	on	the	net	assets	 
of	the	Group	as	the	only	impact	is	on	Adjusted	EBITDA	and	Adjusted	EBITA.	The	Directors	consider	that	their	allocation	results	in	a	meaningful	
measure	to	help	gauge	the	underlying	trend	of	the	business	following	a	significant	change	in	the	business	model	as	discussed	in	more	detail	below.

A dedicated project team comprising HSS and third party employees was set up at the outset of the project to oversee the implementation 
covering	operational,	system	and	people	changes.	Operational	changes	included	warehouse	design,	stock	re-profiling,	logistic	route	planning	 
and	overseeing	the	roll-in	of	operations	from	each	branch	and	distribution	centre.	This	also	required	systems	integration	between	HSS	and	our	
third	party	provider	involving	specialist	IT	resource	being	utilised	throughout	the	project.	Associated	costs	incurred	amounted	to	£3.1	million,	 
of	which	£0.5	million	has	been	included	within	cost	of	sales,	and	£2.6	million	within	administrative	expenses.	Included	in	exceptional	items	 
within	administrative	expenses	for	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	was	£1.9	million	in	relation	to	set-up	costs	of	the	NDEC.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

4. Exceptional items (continued)
Exceptional items (non-finance) (continued)
As branches and distribution centres rolled into the NDEC, there was a period of increased costs due to the operation of both the new and old 
models	in	parallel.	The	Group	has	determined	that	a	reasonable	approximation	of	these	parallel	running	inefficiencies	to	be	the	total	costs	incurred	
in operating the NDEC up to the point where 50% of operational volumes are processed through the NDEC rather than the original branch and 
distribution	network.	At	this	point	in	time	the	Group	would	be	reasonably	able	to	reduce	the	costs	of	the	old	operating	model	to	offset	the	increased	
costs	of	the	NDEC.	By	the	end	of	July	2016,	50%	of	the	branches	had	rolled	in,	but	the	point	where	50%	of	operational	volumes	were	processed	
through	the	NDEC	was	not	reached	until	the	beginning	of	October	2016.	Accordingly	all	related	NDEC	costs	have	been	included	to	this	point	in	
October	2016,	which	amounted	to	£6.2	million	of	which	£1.0	million	has	been	included	within	cost	of	sales,	£1.1	million	within	distribution	costs,	 
and	£4.1	million	within	administrative	expenses.

Given	the	scale	and	complexity	in	the	operational	change,	the	decision	was	made	in	the	4th	quarter	2016	to	redesign	certain	aspects	of	the	 
project.	As	a	consequence	of	this	decision	further	non-recurring	costs	were	incurred	principally	related	to	the	implementation	of	new	engineering	
processes	for	the	testing	and	maintaining	of	assets.	This	has	resulted	in	a	further	£0.5m	being	included	in	project	management,	design	and	 
set	up	costs	within	cost	of	sales.	This	also	resulted	in	additional	costs	being	incurred	in	rectifying	the	issues	and	resultant	operational	backlogs.	
These	non-recurring	transitional	engineering	costs	amounted	to	£0.3	million,	of	which	£0.1	million	has	been	included	within	cost	of	sales	and	 
£0.2	million	within	administrative	expenses.

Branch and distribution centre closure
As	part	of	the	business	restructuring	a	number	of	branches	and	distribution	centres	were	closed.	The	restructuring	costs	associated	with	these	
non-trading	locations	comprised	onerous	leases	and	dilapidations	costs	of	£4.5	million	(2015:	£2.6	million)	which	has	been	included	within	
administrative	expenses.	

Associated	redundancy	costs	of	£0.5	million	have	been	allocated	within	total	NDEC	exceptional	items	above	of	which	£0.2	million	has	been	
included	within	cost	of	sales,	£0.2	million	within	distribution	costs,	and	£0.1	million	within	administrative	expenses.

Group restructuring
In	parallel	with	the	implementation	of	the	NDEC,	the	Group	changed	its	operating	model	moving	to	a	new	divisional	structure.	This	resulted	in	a	
reduction	in	headcount	leading	to	a	redundancy	cost	of	£1.6	million	which	has	been	included	within	administrative	expenses.

Resale stock impairment
As	part	of	the	NDEC	set	up	and	branch	and	distribution	centre	closures,	inventory	held	for	sale	has	been	centralised	into	fewer	locations.	Based	 
on	the	excess	quantity	and	age	profile	of	the	consolidated	inventory	and	a	decision	to	streamline	certain	stock	ranges,	estimated	future	sales	value	
is	deemed	to	be	lower	than	cost.	Accordingly	an	impairment	of	£0.9	million	has	been	recognised	which	has	been	included	within	cost	of	sales.	
Additionally, experience of stock losses arising from the centralisation of resale stock and associated branch and distribution centre closures 
amounted	to	£0.7	million	which	has	been	included	within	cost	of	sales.

Pre-opening costs
Included	in	exceptional	items	(non-finance)	is	£0.2	million	(2015:	£0.2	million)	relating	to	costs	of	new	branch	openings	and	relocations.	 
These	amounts	have	been	included	within	administrative	expenses.

Cost reduction programme
Included	in	exceptional	items	(non-finance)	for	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	is	£1.6	million	of	exceptional	expenses	incurred	by	the	Group	
executing	its	cost	reduction	plan,	principally	redundancies,	which	have	been	included	within	administrative	expenses.

IPO fees
Included	in	exceptional	items	(non-finance)	within	administrative	expenses	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2016	is	£0.1	million	incurred	in	relation	
to	the	IPO.

Included	in	exceptional	items	(non-finance)	for	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	is	£2.9	million	incurred	in	relation	to	the	IPO	and	related	to	
professional	adviser	and	broker	fees,	which	have	been	included	within	administrative	expenses.	

Acquisition fees
During	2015	the	Group	incurred	£0.3	million	relating	to	acquisitions.	Principally,	these	costs	related	to	legal	and	professional	fees	associated	with	
the	acquisitions.	In	accordance	with	IFRS,	these	were	expensed	as	incurred.

Exceptional items (finance)
Refinancing costs
On	12	February	2015	the	Group	made	an	early	redemption	of	£64.0	million	of	its	6.75%	senior	secured	notes	as	described	in	note	28.	This	gave	rise	
to	a	bond	redemption	premium	of	£4.3	million	and	the	acceleration	of	the	write-off	of	debt	issuance	costs	of	£1.8	million.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information90

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

5. Finance income and expense

Interest received on cash deposits

Finance income

Bank loans and overdrafts

Investor loan notes

Senior secured notes

Finance leases

Interest unwind on discounted provisions

Debt issue costs

Bond redemption premium

Finance expense

Net finance expense

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

(3)

(3)

2,039 

–

9,331 

1,792 

484 

1,043 

–

14,689 

14,686 

(24)

(24)

1,315 

945	

9,711	

1,410	

55 

2,950	

4,320	

20,706	

20,682	

The	bond	redemption	premium	charged	in	to	profit	and	loss	in	2015	relates	to	the	early	partial	redemption	of	the	senior	secured	note	using	part	 
of	the	funds	raised	from	the	IPO.	Debt	issue	costs	in	2015	include	£1.8	million	of	accelerated	write-off	of	previous	debt	issuance	costs	due	to	the	
partial	redemption.

6. Operating (loss)/profit
Operating	(loss)/profit	is	stated	after	charging/(crediting):

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Accelerated	depreciation	relating	to	hire	stock	customer	losses,	hire	stock	write-offs	and	other	asset	disposals

Operating	lease	rentals:	

– land and buildings

– motor vehicles

– hire stock

Sublease rental income

Foreign currency translation gains

Auditors’ remuneration 

	–	audit	of	Group	and	Company	Financial	Statements

 – audit of subsidiary Financial Statements

 – other audit-related assurance services

	–	corporate	finance	services

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

6,237 

37,729 

10,446 

19,463 

9,393 

748 

(1,151)

85 

82,950 

4,981	

39,379	

11,323 

16,762	

8,530	

–

(869)

7	

80,113	

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

58 

232 

–

–

290 

80	

231 

–

72	

383	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
7. Employees
The	average	number	of	people	employed	by	the	Group	(including	directors)	during	the	year	was	as	follows:

Distribution

Hire stock and inventory maintenance

Sales and administration

The aggregate remuneration costs of these employees were as follows:

Wages	and	salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payment expense

91

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
Number

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
Number

593 

391 

2,270 

3,254 

614	

460	

2,270	

3,344	

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

83,434 

7,386 

1,665 

103 

92,588 

81,447	

7,486	

1,596	

–

90,529	

IAS	24	Related party transactions requires	the	Group	to	disclose	all	transactions	and	outstanding	balances	with	the	Group’s	key	management	
personnel.	IAS	24	defines	key	management	personnel	as	those	persons	having	authority	and	responsibility	for	planning,	directing	and	controlling	
the	activities	of	the	entity,	directly	or	indirectly,	including	any	director	(whether	executive	or	otherwise)	of	that	entity.

The	key	management	personnel	of	the	Group	comprise	the	Directors	along	with	senior	managers	from	central	support	services	and	divisional	 
and	regional	operations.	

The aggregate remuneration costs of key management personnel were as follows:

Wages	and	salaries

Employer’s national insurance contributions and similar taxes

Compensation	for	loss	of	office

Other	pension	costs

Share-based payment expense

At	31	December	2016	there	were	no	amounts	due	to	key	management	personnel	(2015:	£nil).

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

1,905 

243 

–

99 

103 

2,350 

1,489	

234	

470	

71	

–

2,264	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

8. Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration costs of the Company’s directors were:

Aggregate emoluments

Bonuses not paid

Pension costs

Directors’ emoluments

Share-based payment expense

Total emoluments

The remuneration of the highest paid director was:

Aggregate emoluments

Pension costs

Directors’ emoluments

Share-based payment expense

Total emoluments

9. Income tax (credit)/expense
a) Analysis of (credit)/expense in the year

Current tax charge/(credit)
UK corporation tax on the loss for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax (credit)/charge
Deferred tax charge for the year

Deferred tax charge impact of change in tax rate

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax (credit)/charge

Income tax (credit)/charge

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

853 

(16)

43 

880 

25 

905 

1,383	

–

58	

1,441	

–

1,441	

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

348 

33 

381 

20 

401 

330 

29	

359	

–

359	

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

389 

26 

415 

443 

(961)

(1)

(519)

(104)

183	

(141)

42	

363 

– 

– 

363 

405	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
93

9. Income tax (credit)/expense (continued)
b) Factors affecting the income tax (credit)/expense in the year
The	tax	assessed	on	the	loss	for	the	year	differs	from	the	standard	UK	corporation	rate	of	tax.	The	differences	are	explained	below:

Loss before tax 

Loss	before	tax	multiplied	by	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	of	20%	(2015:	20.25%)	

Effects	of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Difference	in	foreign	tax	rate

Unprovided	deferred	tax	movements	on	short	term	temporary	differences	and	capital	allowance	timing	
differences

Impact of change in tax rates

Income	tax	(credit)/charge

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

(17,417)

(3,483)

(13,840)

(2,803)

501 

25 

389 

3,425 

(961)

(104)

1,349	

(141)

188	

1,812	

–

405	

c) Factors that may affect future tax charge
The	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	changed	from	21%	to	20%	with	effect	from	1	April	2015.	Accordingly,	the	Group’s	profits	for	the	 
year	ended	26	December	2015	were	taxed	at	an	effective	rate	of	20.25%.	

The	Group	has	an	unrecognised	deferred	tax	asset	relating	to	temporary	timing	differences	on	plant	and	equipment,	intangible	assets	and	
provisions	of	£14.8	million	(2015:	£11.4	million)	and	relating	to	losses	£1.4	million	(2015:	£3	million).

These	potential	deferred	tax	assets	have	not	been	recognised	on	the	basis	that	it	is	not	sufficiently	certain	when	taxable	profits	that	can	be	utilised	
to	absorb	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	will	be	made	in	the	future.

10. Earnings per share

Basic loss per share

Potentially dilutive securities

Diluted earnings per share

Year ended 31 December 2016

Weighted 
average 
number  
of shares(1) 
000s

Loss after tax 
£000s

(17,313)

154,887 

–

–

(17,313)

154,887 

Loss  
per share 
pence

(11.18)

– 

(11.18)

(1)	The	ordinary	shares	issued	on	28	December	2016	(see	note	20)	had	no	material	impact	on	the	weighted	average	number	of	shares	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2016.

Basic and diluted loss per share

Year ended 26 December 2015

Weighted	
average  
number  
of shares 
000s

144,534	

Loss  
per share 
pence

(9.86)

Loss after tax 
£000s

(14,245)

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the result attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for 
that	period.	

Diluted loss per share is calculated using the loss for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding assuming the 
conversion of its potentially dilutive equity derivatives outstanding, being nil cost share options (LTIP shares) and Sharesave Scheme share options, 
as	disclosed	in	note	21.	All	of	the	Group’s	potentially	dilutive	equity	derivative	securities	were	anti-dilutive	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2016	for	
the	purpose	of	diluted	loss	per	share.	There	were	no	potentially	dilutive	equity	derivative	securities	outstanding	during	the	year	ended	26	December	
2015	for	the	purpose	of	diluted	loss	per	share.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information94

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

10. Earnings per share (continued)
The following is a reconciliation between the basic loss per share and the Adjusted basic earnings per share:

Basic and diluted loss per share (pence)

Add back:

Exceptional items per share(1)

Amortisation per share(2)

Tax charge per share

Charge:

Tax at prevailing rate

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

 Year ended 
31 December 
2016 

 Year ended  
26 December 
2015 

(11.18)

10.95 

4.03 

(0.07)

(0.75)

2.98 

(9.86)

10.15	

3.45	

0.28	

(0.82)

3.20	

(1)		Exceptional	items	per	share	is	calculated	as	total	finance	and	non	finance	exceptional	items	divided	by	the	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	through	the	period.
(2)		Amortisation	per	share	is	calculated	as	the	amortisation	charge	divided	by	the	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	through	the	period.

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	between	the	basic	and	diluted	loss	per	share	and	the	adjusted	diluted	earnings/(loss)	per	share:

Basic loss per share (pence)

Add back:

Adjustment to basic loss per share for the impact of dilutive securities(1)

Exceptional items per share(2)

Amortisation per share(3)

Tax charge per share

Charge:

Tax at prevailing rate

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

 Year ended 
31 December 
2016 

 Year ended  
26 December 
2015 

(11.18)

0.12 

10.83 

3.98 

(0.07)

(0.74)

2.94 

(9.86)

–

10.15	

3.45	

0.28	

(0.82)

3.20	

(1)		The	LTIP	and	Sharesave	share	options	(note	21)	were	dilutive	for	purposes	of	calculating	adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share.
(2)		Exceptional	items	per	share	is	calculated	as	total	finance	and	non-finance	exceptional	items	divided	by	the	diluted	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	through	 

the	period.

(3)		Amortisation	per	share	is	calculated	as	the	amortisation	charge	divided	by	the	diluted	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	through	the	period.

The weighted average number of shares for purposes of calculating the adjusted diluted earnings per share are as follows:

Basic 

LTIP share options (note 21)

Sharesave scheme options (note 21)

Diluted 

 Year ended 
31 December 
2016  
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
000s

 Year ended  
26 December 
2015  
Weighted	
average  
number of 
shares 
000s

 154,887 

144,534	

 1,256 

 378 

– 

– 

 156,521 

144,534	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
95

Goodwill 
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

Brands 
£000s

Software 
£000s

Total 
£000s

130,171	

27,044	

24,142	

14,999	

196,356	

11 

–

(438)

129,744 

–

–

–

–

–

–

438 

27,482 

8,014	

2,926 

–

10,940 

–

–

–

–

4,739 

230 

11 

4,739 

230 

24,142 

19,968 

201,336 

234	

157 

–

391 

7,866	

3,154 

230 

16,114	

6,237 

230 

11,250 

22,581 

129,744 
130,171	

16,542 
19,030	

23,751 
23,908	

8,718 
7,133	

178,755 
180,242	

11.  Intangible assets

Cost
At 26 December 2015(1)

Foreign	exchange	differences

Additions

Transfers(2)

At 31 December 2016

Amortisation
At 26 December 2015

Charge for the period

Transfers

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016
At 26 December 2015(1)

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).
(2)		Reclassification	in	respect	of	minor	acquisitions	in	prior	year.

Cost

At	27	December	2014

Additions

Acquired on acquisition(1)

Disposals

At 26 December 2015(1)

Amortisation

At	27	December	2014

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 26 December 2015

Net book value

At 26 December 2015(1)

At	27	December	2014

Goodwill 
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

Brands 
£000s

Software 
£000s

Total 
£000s

122,385	

25,700	

23,510 

–

7,786	

–

–

1,344	

–

–

632 

–

10,032 

5,082	

–

(115)

181,627	

5,082	

9,762	

(115)

130,171	

27,044	

24,142	

14,999	

196,356	

–

–

–

–

5,409	

2,605 

–

8,014	

112 

122 

–

234	

5,727	

2,254	

(115)

7,866	

11,248	

4,981	

(115)

16,114	

130,171	

122,385	

19,030	

20,291	

23,908	

23,398	

7,133	

4,305	

180,242	

170,379	

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

On	the	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	on	8	May	2015	the	Group	acquired	£1.3	million	of	customer	lists	and	£0.6	million	of	brand	intangibles.	

All	goodwill	arising	on	business	combinations	has	been	allocated	to	the	CGUs	that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	those	business	combinations.	 
The	Group	tests	goodwill	and	indefinite	life	brands	annually	for	impairment.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information96

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

11. Intangible assets (continued)
Analysis of goodwill and indefinite life brands by cash generating units

Allocated to
HSS Core

Powered access

Climate control

Power generation

At 31 December 2016

Allocated to
HSS Core

Powered access

Climate control

Power generation

At 26 December 2015(1)

Goodwill 
£000s

Indefinite life 
brands 
£000s

Total 
£000s

112,250 

21,900 

134,150 

4,114 

7,327 

6,053 

–

–

–

4,114 

7,327 

6,053 

129,744 

21,900 

151,644 

Goodwill 
£000s

Indefinite	life	
brands 
£000s

Total 
£000s

112,677	

21,900	

134,577	

4,114	

7,327	

6,053 

–

–

–

4,114	

7,327	

6,053 

130,171	

21,900	

152,071	

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

The	remaining	life	of	intangible	assets	other	than	goodwill	and	indefinite	life	brands	is	between	three	to	eighteen	years.

The	Group	tests	goodwill	and	indefinite	life	brands	for	impairment	annually	or	more	frequently	if	there	are	indicators	that	impairment	may	have	
occurred.	The	recoverable	amounts	of	the	goodwill	and	indefinite	life	brands,	which	are	allocated	to	cash	generating	units	(CGUs),	are	estimated	
from	value	in	use	(VIU)	calculations	which	model	pre-tax	cash	flows	for	the	next	four	years	(2015:	five	years)	together	with	a	terminal	value	using	a	
long	term	growth	rate.	The	key	assumptions	underpinning	the	recoverable	amounts	of	the	CGUs	tested	for	impairment	are	those	regarding	the	
discount	rate,	forecast	revenue,	EBITDA,	and	capital	expenditure.

The key variables applied to the value in use calculations were determined as follows:

 → Cash	flows	were	derived	assuming	future	Group	growth	rates	in	the	short	to	medium	term	(up	to	four	years)	of	6%	for	HSS	Core	and	an	average	
of	4%	for	the	remaining	CGUs	(2015:	between	5	and	12%).	The	directors	believe	that	it	is	prudent	to	lower	the	growth	rate	assumptions	from	 
prior	year	because	of	the	transitional	effects	on	trading	that	have	occurred	as	a	result	of	the	commencement	and	ramp-up	of	the	new	operating	
model,	as	more	fully	explained	in	note	4.	HSS	Core’s	growth	rate	at	6%	is	higher	than	the	other	CGUs	because	the	change	in	operating	model	in	
2016	negatively	impacted	HSS	Core	to	a	greater	degree,	which	however,	is	reflected	by	a	higher	relative	growth	rate	of	HSS	Core	in	2017	–	2020	
as	HSS	Core	enjoys	the	benefit	of	leveraging	the	new	operating	model	to	drive	growth	off	a	lower	base.

 → Cash	flows	beyond	2020	(ie	after	four	years)	have	been	determined	based	on	a	long	term	growth	rate	of	2.5%	(2015:	2.5%).

 → A	pre-tax	discount	rate	of	9.1%	(2015:	10.3%),	calculated	by	reference	to	a	market	based	weighted	average	cost	of	capital	(WACC).	 

The	non-IFRS	pre-tax	WACC	of	the	Company,	referenced	to	its	own	capital	structure	was	7.6%	and	applying	this	discount	rate	would	 
generate	a	VIU	with	an	excess	of	£171	million	above	the	threshold	where	the	VIU	and	the	segmental	assets	of	HSS	Core	would	be	in	balance.

The	directors’	cash	flow	projections	are	based	on	key	assumptions	about	the	performance	of	the	Group,	the	UK	tool	hire	market	and	the	 
general	UK	macro-economic	environment.	An	impairment	may	be	identified	if	changes	to	any	of	these	factors	were	significant,	including	
underperformance	of	the	Group	against	forecast,	negative	changes	in	the	UK	tool	hire	market,	or	a	deterioration	in	the	UK	economy,	which	 
would	cause	the	directors	to	reconsider	their	assumptions	and	revise	their	cash	flow	projections.

Based	on	this	VIU	modelling	and	impairment	testing,	the	directors	do	not	consider	the	goodwill	and	indefinite	life	brands	assets	carried	in	the	
balance	sheet	at	31	December	2016,	for	any	of	the	CGUs,	to	be	impaired.

For	the	CGU	groupings	listed	in	the	table	above	in	respect	of	goodwill	and	brands,	excluding	HSS	Core,	the	directors’	sensitivity	analysis	does	not	
result	in	an	impairment	charge.	Given	the	level	of	headroom	in	VIU	they	show,	the	directors	do	not	envisage	reasonably	possible	changes	to	the	 
key	assumptions	that	would	be	sufficient	to	cause	an	impairment	at	this	time.

In	respect	of	HSS	Core,	at	31	December	2016,	the	headroom	between	VIU	and	carrying	value	of	the	related	assets	was	£65.2	million.	The	
directors’	sensitivity	analysis	with	regard	to	HSS	Core	shows	that	an	increase	in	the	discount	rate	by	1.48%,	to	10.6%,	or	a	reduction	in	the	long	
term	growth	rate	to	0.46%,	or	a	reduction	in	the	short	to	medium	term	growth	rate	to	5.6%	would	eliminate	the	headroom	shown.	The	short	to	
medium	term	growth	rate	reduction	equates	to	a	reduction	in	EBITDA	of	between	£3	million	to	£6	million	annually	over	the	medium	term.

Other intangible assets
No impairment tests were considered to be required at 31 December 2016 and the carrying value of other intangible assets is considered to  
be	appropriate.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
97

Land & 
buildings 
£000s

Plant & 
machinery 
£000s

Materials & 
equipment 
held for hire 
£000s

Total 
£000s

63,313 

55,914	

256,208	

375,435	

29 

10,360 

(4,515)

69,187 

199 

4,700 

(2,140)

58,673 

2,377 

27,337 

(38,627)

247,295 

2,605 

42,397 

(45,282)

375,155 

35,258	

44,016	

112,948	

192,222	

–

6,266 

(4,429)

37,095 

158 

3,582 

(1,542)

46,214 

1,409 

27,881 

(28,865)

113,373 

1,567 

37,729 

(34,836)

196,682 

32,092 
28,055	

12,459 
11,898	

133,922 
143,260	

178,473 
183,213	

Land &  
buildings 
£000s

Plant & 
machinery 
£000s

Materials & 
equipment  
held for hire 
£000s

Total 
£000s

49,985	

(4)

13,694	

32 

(394)

51,122 

(68)

5,325 

217	

(682)

63,313 

55,914	

222,577	

323,684	

(708)

65,020 

2,669	

(33,350)

256,208	

(780)

84,039	

2,918	

(34,426)

375,435	

31,533 

–

4,119	

(394)

35,258	

41,136	

(48)

3,505 

(577)

44,016	

103,802	

176,471	

(477)

31,755	

(22,132)

(525)

39,379	

(23,103)

112,948	

192,222	

28,055	

18,452	

11,898	

9,986	

143,260	

118,775	

183,213	

147,213	

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 26 December 2015(1)

Foreign	exchange	differences

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Accumulated depreciation
At 26 December 2015

Foreign	exchange	differences

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2016

Net book value

At 31 December 2016
At 26 December 2015(1)

Cost

At	27	December	2014

Foreign	exchange	differences

Additions

Acquired on acquisition(1)

Disposals

At 26 December 2015(1)

Accumulated depreciation

At	27	December	2014

Foreign	exchange	differences

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 26 December 2015

Net book value

At 26 December 2015

At	27	December	2014

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

The	net	book	value	of	materials	and	equipment	held	for	hire	includes	an	amount	of	£42.3	million	(2015:	£38.8	million)	in	respect	of	assets	held	 
under	finance	leases.	The	depreciation	charge	for	assets	held	under	finance	leases	in	the	year	ended	31	December	2016	was	£5.3	million	 
(2015:	£7.3	million).

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

13. Inventories

Inventories

Inventory spares

Total inventories
Provision for impairment

Inventories

Provision for impairment of inventories 
Balance at the beginning of the year

Impairment	provisions	recognised/(utilised)	during	the	year

Balance at the end of the year

The	cost	of	inventories	recognised	as	an	expense	and	included	in	cost	of	sales	is	£26.7	million	(2015:	£26.4	million).

14. Trade and other receivables

Gross	trade	receivables

Less provision for impairment 

Net trade receivables

Other	debtors

Prepayments and accrued income

Corporation tax

Total trade and other receivables

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

5,016 

3,250 

8,266 

(368)

7,898 

5,716	

3,719	

9,435	

(340)

9,095	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

340 

28 

368 

1,457	

(1,117)

340	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
restated(1) 
£000s

83,072 

(3,740)

79,332 

679 

23,733 

–

103,744 

84,763	

(4,000)

80,763	

387	

16,327	

108	

97,585	

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

The provision for impairment of trade receivables is estimated based upon past default experience and the directors’ assessment of the current 
economic environment, including provisions for credit notes raised and expected to be raised after year end for customer invoices issued  
before	year	end	(see	note	1	ff).	The	overall	provision	for	bad	debts	and	credit	notes	amounts	to	4.5%	of	trade	receivables	at	31	December	2016	
(2015:	4.7%,	as	restated).	Should	the	level	of	provision	required	ultimately	be	at	the	same	level	as	2015	this	would	result	in	an	additional	provision	 
of	£180,000.	The	creation	and	release	of	bad	debt	receivables	provision	is	charged/(credited)	to	administrative	expenses	in	the	income	statement,	
and	the	credit	note	provision	is	charged/(credited)	to	revenue.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Trade and other receivables (continued)
The	following	table	details	the	movements	in	the	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables.

Balance at the beginning of the period

Movement in provision

Balance at the end of the period

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

The provision for impairment of trade receivables is comprised, as follows:

Bad debt provision

Credit note provision

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

The	ageing	profile	of	debtors	that	are	overdue	but	not	impaired	is:

Days overdue
1 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

61	to	90	days

Over	90	days

99

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
restated(1) 
£000s

(4,000)

260 

(3,740)

(3,514)

(486)

(4,000)

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
restated(1) 
£000s

(2,286)

(1,454)

(3,740)

(2,077)

(1,923)

(4,000)

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

4,919 

2,885 

1,625 

3,602 

13,031 

7,020	

3,925	

1,796	

4,203	

16,944	

These	amounts	have	not	been	impaired	as	there	has	not	been	a	significant	change	in	credit	quality	and	the	amounts	are	still	considered	recoverable.

15. Cash

Cash	(statement	of	financial	position)

Bank	overdrafts	(note	17)

Cash and cash equivalents

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

15,211 

–

15,211 

1,812	

(1,535)

277	

The	Group’s	banking	arrangements	are	subject	to	a	master	netting	arrangement	with	their	principal	bankers.	The	net	balance	of	a	portfolio	of	
accounts,	some	of	which	may	be	in	overdraft	and	some	may	be	in	credit,	represents	the	balance	held.	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
100

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

16. Trade and other payables

Current
Obligations	under	finance	leases

Trade payables

Other	taxes	and	social	security	costs

Other	creditors

Accrued interest on borrowings

Accruals and deferred income

Non-current
Obligations	under	finance	lease

(1)		Restated	for	final	fair	value	on	acquisition	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited	(see	note	1(i)	and	note	24).

Finance	leases	principally	relate	to	hire	fleet	assets.	

The	maturity	profile	of	the	Group’s	finance	leases	is	as	follows:

Less than one year

Two	to	five	years

Over	five	years

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
restated(1) 
£000s

11,448 

52,505 

5,688 

467 

3,859 

15,183 

89,150 

11,050 

48,554	

10,284	

1,730	

3,755	

13,863	

89,236	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
£000s

17,266 

17,266 

21,583	

21,583	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
£000s

11,448 

17,266 

–

28,714 

11,050 

14,303	

7,280	

32,633 

The	following	table	gives	a	reconciliation	of	the	minimum	lease	payments	to	the	carrying	value	of	the	finance	lease	liabilities:

Less than one year

Two	to	five	years

Over	five	years

Less future interest payments

Carrying value of lease liabilities

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
£000s

12,639 

18,133 

– 

30,772 

(2,058)

28,714 

12,430	

15,314	

7,533	

35,277	

(2,644)

32,633 

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Borrowings

Current
Revolving credit facility

Bank overdraft

Non-current
Senior secured note

The	nominal	value	of	the	Group’s	loans	at	each	reporting	date	is	as	follows:

Secured senior note

101

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

66,000 

– 

66,000 

46,000	

1,535 

47,535	

133,212 

133,212 

132,189	

132,189	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

136,000 

136,000 

136,000 

136,000 

The	secured	senior	note	is	a	6.75%	fixed	rate	bond	maturing	in	2019,	and	is	listed	on	the	Luxembourg	stock	exchange.

The	Group’s	super	senior	revolving	credit	facility	is	a	revolving	credit	facility	maturing	in	2019.

The	Group’s	super	senior	revolving	credit	facility	and	senior	secured	notes	are	both	secured	on	a	shared	basis	by	a	first	ranking	lien	over	certain	
assets	(comprising	substantially	all	material	assets	of	the	Group).	The	super	senior	revolving	credit	facility	shares	its	security	with	the	senior	secured	
notes	but	shall	get	priority	over	any	enforcement	proceeds	via	a	payment	waterfall.

At	27	December	2014,	the	Group	also	had	loan	notes	which	were	10%	fixed	rate	unsecured	payment	in	kind	(PIK)	notes	maturing	in	2032.	 
As	part	of	the	IPO,	they	were	converted	into	ordinary	shares	at	a	price	of	£2.10	per	ordinary	share.	Accrued	interest	at	the	date	of	conversion	 
was	settled	through	the	issue	of	PIK	notes	that	were	also	converted	into	ordinary	shares	at	a	price	of	£2.10	per	ordinary	share.

The	interest	rates	on	the	Group’s	variable	interest	loans	are	as	follows:

Revolving credit facility

The	interest	rates	on	the	Group’s	fixed	interest	loans	are	as	follows:

Secured senior note

The	weighted	average	interest	rate	on	the	Group’s	borrowings	are	as	follows:

Weighted	average	interest	rate	on	borrowings

31 December 
2016 
% above 
LIBOR

26 December 
2015 
% above  
LIBOR

2.25%

2.00%

31 December 
2016 
Fixed rate

26 December 
2015 
Fixed rate

6.75%

6.75%

31 December 
2016

26 December 
2015

5.28%

5.55%

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

17. Borrowings (continued)
The	Group’s	borrowings	have	the	following	maturity	profile:

Less than one year

Two	to	five	years

Over	five	years

Less	interest	cash	flows:

Senior secured note

Total	principal	cash	flows

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

9,180 

154,360 

– 

9,180	

163,540	

– 

163,540 

172,720	

(27,540)

136,000 

(36,720)

136,000 

The	Group	had	undrawn	committed	borrowing	facilities	of	£27.0	million	at	31	December	2016	(2015:	£35.0	million).	Including	net	cash	balances	
(note	15),	the	Group	had	access	to	£42.2	million	of	combined	liquidity	from	available	cash	and	undrawn	committed	borrowing	facilities	at	 
31	December	2016	(2015:	£35.3	million).

18. Provisions 

At 26 December 2015

Additions

Utilised during the period

Unwind of provision

Released

At 31 December 2016

Of which:

Current 

Non-current

At	27	December	2014

Additions

Utilised during the period

Unwind of provision

Released

At 26 December 2015

Of	which:

Current 

Non-current

Onerous 
leases 
£000s

4,537	

3,349 

(2,223)

332 

(597)

5,398 

2,876 

2,522 

5,398 

7,017	

311 

(2,101)

(80)

(610)

4,537	

1,228	

3,309	

4,537	

Dilapidations 
£000s

Other 
£000s

10,136 

3,173 

(1,460)

152 

(256)

11,745 

3,555 

8,190 

11,745 

7,854	

3,336 

(669)

112 

(497)

10,136 

2,594	

7,542	

10,136 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

21 

– 

– 

– 

(21)

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 
£000s

14,673	

6,522 

(3,683)

484 

(853)

17,143 

6,431 

10,712 

17,143 

14,892	

3,647	

(2,770)

32 

(1,128)

14,673	

3,822	

10,851	

14,673	

Provisions for onerous leases relate to the current value of contractual liabilities for future rent and rates payments and other unavoidable costs  
on	leasehold	properties	the	Group	no	longer	operationally	uses.	These	liabilities,	assessed	on	a	lease	by	lease	basis,	are	expected	to	arise	over	 
a	period	of	up	to	eight	years	with	the	weighted	average	being	2.8	years	(2015:	3.5	years).	They	are	stated	net	of	existing	and	anticipated	sublet	
income	based	on	management’s	experience	of	the	commercial	retail	property	market	in	conjunction	with	specialist	third	party	advice.	The	onerous	 
lease	provision	has	been	discounted	at	a	rate	of	0.478%	(2015:	1.9%).	A	1%	increase	in	the	discount	rate	at	31	December	2016	would	reduce	 
the	onerous	lease	provision	by	£0.1	million.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

18. Provisions (continued)
The	amount	of	anticipated	sub-let	income	for	vacant	properties	included	in	the	onerous	lease	provision	amounted	to	£2.3	million	at	31	December	
2016	(2015:	£0.9	million).	Variations	in	the	actual	timings	or	amounts	of	sub-let	income	will	lead	to	a	commensurate	increase	or	decrease	in	the	
amount	of	provision	required	in	the	future.	If	the	Group	failed	to	dispose	of	or	sub-let	any	of	its	onerous	leases	prior	to	their	expiry	the	provision	
would	increase	by	£2.3	million	at	31	December	2016.

The	dilapidations	provision	represents	dilapidation	costs	in	respect	of	the	Group’s	leasehold	properties	and	will	therefore	arise	over	the	lease	 
lives	of	the	Group’s	properties,	and	comprises	specific	amounts	based	on	surveyors’	reports	on	a	property	by	property	basis,	where	available.	 
The	remaining	properties	are	covered	by	a	general	provision	based	on	gross	internal	area.	The	weighted	average	dilapidations	provision	at	 
31	December	2016	was	£3.10	psf	(2015:	£3.12	psf).	A	£0.50	psf	increase	in	the	dilapidations	provision	would	lead	to	an	increase	in	the	provision	 
at	31	December	2016	of	£1.7	million.

The	dilapidations	provision	has	been	discounted	at	a	rate	of	1.45%	(2015:	1.9%)	at	31	December	2016	based	on	10	year	UK	gilt	yields.	A	1%	
increase	in	the	discount	rate	at	31	December	2016	would	increase	the	dilapidations	provision	by	£0.5	million	and	associated	dilapidation	fixed	
asset	by	£0.5	million,	respectively.

19. Deferred tax
Deferred	tax	is	provided	in	full	on	taxable	temporary	differences	under	the	liability	method	using	applicable	tax	rates.	Deferred	tax	assets	and	
liabilities	are	only	offset	where	there	is	a	legally	enforceable	right	of	offset	and	there	is	an	intention	to	settle	the	balances	net.

At 26 December 2015

(Charge)	/credit	to	the	income	statement

Arising on acquisition

At 31 December 2016

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

At 31 December 2016

At	27	December	2014

(Charge)	/credit	to	the	income	statement

Arising on acquisition

At 26 December 2015

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

At 26 December 2015

Property,  
plant and 
equipment  
and other 
items 
£000s

(1,265)

61 

– 

Acquired 
intangible 
assets 
£000s

(8,577)

1,578 

– 

Total 
£000s

(7,942)

519 

– 

(1,204)

(6,999)

(7,423)

– 

(1,204)

(1,204)

(625)

(409)

(231)

– 

(6,999)

(6,999)

(8,685)

546	

(438)

(1,265)

(8,577)

– 

(1,265)

(1,265)

– 

(8,577)

(8,577)

780 

(8,203)

(7,423)

(6,910)

(363)

(669)

(7,942)

1,900	

(9,842)

(7,942)

Tax losses 
£000s

1,900 

(1,120)

– 

780 

780 

– 

780 

2,400	

(500)

– 

1,900	

1,900	

– 

1,900	

At	31	December	2016	£7.6	million	(2015:	£9.2	million)	of	the	deferred	tax	liability	is	expected	to	crystallise	after	more	than	one	year.

At	31	December	2016	the	Group	had	an	unrecognised	deferred	tax	asset	relating	to	trading	losses	of	£1.4	million	(2015:	£0.8	million).

The	Group	also	has	an	unrecognised	deferred	tax	asset	relating	to	temporary	differences	on	plant	and	equipment,	intangible	assets	and	provisions	
of	£14.8	million	(2015:	£12.3	million).

These	potential	deferred	tax	assets	have	not	been	recognised	on	the	basis	that	it	is	not	sufficiently	certain	when	taxable	profits	that	can	be	utilised	
to	absorb	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	will	occur	in	the	future.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

20. Share capital
Number and nominal value of ordinary shares

At 26 December 2015 

Issue	of	15,445,238	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each

At 31 December 2016

At	27	December	2014

Share capital 
Ordinary  
Number

154,761,904	

15,445,238 

170,207,142 

Share capital 
Ordinary	 
Number

64,546,960	

Issue	of	50,000	redeemable	preference	shares	of	£1	each

– 

50,000 

Issue	of	41,110,184	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each	in	exchange	 
for loan notes in subsidiary

Issue	of	49,104,760	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each

41,110,184	

49,104,760	

Share issue costs

Redemption of 50,000 redeemable preference shares  
of	£1	each

Capital reduction

At 26 December 2015

– 

– 

– 

154,761,904	

– 

– 

– 

(50,000)

– 

– 

 Preference 
Number

 Ordinary  
£000s

 Preference 
£000s

– 

– 

– 

1,548	

154 

1,702 

– 

– 

– 

 Preference 
Number

	Ordinary	 
£000s

 Preference 
£000s

– 

645	

– 

411	

492	

– 

– 

– 

1,548	

– 

50 

– 

– 

– 

(50)

– 

– 

Share  
premium 
£000s

– 

– 

– 

Share  
premium 
£000s

– 

– 

– 

102,629	

(4,076)

– 

(98,553)

– 

December 2016 share placing
In	December	2016,	the	Company	incorporated	a	Jersey	registered	“cash	box”	company.	This	was	used	to	facilitate	the	Placing	of	15,445,238	 
new	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each	on	28	December	2016	at	a	placing	price	of	83.875p	per	Share.	The	placing	raised	£13.0	million	and	the	Company	
received	cash	proceeds	of	£12.78	million	on	28	December	2016,	net	of	expenses.	The	proceeds	of	the	share	issue	were	parcelled	into	the	“cash	
box”	company	which	was	then	acquired	by	way	of	a	share	exchange	in	circumstances	which	qualified	for	merger	relief	and	so	avoided	the	need	 
to	recognise	a	share	premium	on	the	share	issue.	After	additionally	accounting	for	HSS	directly	attributable	expenses,	the	net	amount	booked	to	
share	capital	and	reserves	was	£12.55	million;	£0.15	million	allocated	to	nominal	share	capital	and	the	excess	of	£12.4	million	was	recorded	in	the	
merger	reserve	account	in	equity.	All	shares	are	fully	paid	up.

2015 Capital reconstruction and IPO 
During	2015	the	Group	underwent	a	capital	reconstruction	in	advance	of	its	initial	public	offering	(“IPO”)	on	9	February	2015.	Prior	to	the	IPO,	 
HSS	Hire	Group	Limited	(subsequently	renamed	HSS	Hire	Group	plc)	was	incorporated,	initially	with	share	capital	of	£50,001	divided	into	 
1	ordinary	share	of	£1.00	each	and	50,000	redeemable	preference	shares	of	£1.00	each.	

HSS	Hire	Group	plc	replaced	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	as	the	holding	company	of	the	Group,	through	a	share	for	share	exchange.	This	took	 
place	immediately	following	determination	of	the	IPO	offer	price	on	3	February	2015	and	resulted	in	the	issue	of	the	original	64,546,960	ordinary	
shares	of	1	pence	each	shown	above.	

As part of the reconstruction that took place immediately prior to the share for share exchange, the external loan note holders in the Hampshire 
Topco	Group	transferred	all	of	their	interests	in	the	notes	to	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	in	consideration	for	the	issue	of	new	ordinary	shares	in	
Hampshire	Topco	Limited.	An	aggregate	loan	note	balance	of	approximately	£86,000,000	including	£795,500	of	accrued	interest	was	converted	
into	41,110,184	ordinary	shares	of	1	pence	each.	These	shares	were	subsequently	exchanged	for	shares	in	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	on	a	1	for	1	basis	
as	part	of	the	reconstruction.	

In	addition,	the	£50,000	of	preference	shares	were	redeemed	in	full	on	4	February	2015.

The	IPO	involved	the	issue	of	49,104,760	ordinary	shares	of	1	pence	each	at	the	issue	price	of	£2.10	each	on	9	February	2015.	

On	3	July	2015	the	Company,	by	way	of	a	Special	resolution,	cancelled	its	share	premium	account	as	confirmed	by	an	Order	of	the	High	Court	 
of	Justice,	Chancery	division,	on	15	July	2015.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
105

21. Share based payments
The	total	charge	for	the	period	relating	to	employee	share-based	payment	plans	during	the	year	ended	31	December	2016	was	£103,000	 
(2015:	nil),	all	of	which	related	to	equity	settled	share-based	payment	transactions.

Long Term Incentive Plan
On	7	April	2016,	share	awards	were	granted	to	eligible	employees	based	on	a	maximum	of	100%	of	base	salary	in	the	form	of	nil-cost	options	over	
ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	in	accordance	with	the	Company’s	2015	Long	Term	Incentive	Plan	(the	“LTIP”).	The	LTIP	awards	will	vest	subject	
to performance conditions based on Earnings Per Share and Return on Capital Employed measured over the period ending with the Company’s 
2018	financial	year.	To	the	extent	it	vests,	each	award	will,	ordinarily,	be	released	to	the	participant	at	the	end	of	a	further	two	year	holding	period.	

On	the	same	date,	tax	qualifying	share	options	were	granted	as	part	of	the	LTIP	awards	(“CSOP	options”)	via	a	Company	Share	Option	Plan	
approved	by	HM	Revenue	&	Customs	(“HMRC”).	Each	CSOP	is	subject	to	the	same	performance	targets	as	apply	to	the	nil-cost	options	part	of	
the	LTIP	and	will	vest	and	be	released	at	the	same	time	as	the	nil-cost	options.	If	a	CSOP	option	is	exercised	as	a	gain,	the	number	of	shares	that	
may be delivered under the associated LTIP award will be reduced at exercise by the same value to ensure that the total pre-tax value of the original 
LTIP	award	delivered	to	the	participant	is	not	increased	by	the	grant	of	the	CSOP	option.	

As	such,	the	LTIP	comprises	a	bundled	HMRC	approved	option	in	respect	of	the	first	£30,000	worth	of	an	award,	and	an	unapproved	LTIP	award	
for	amounts	in	excess	of	this	HMRC	limit.	Therefore,	the	fair	value	of	the	award	in	aggregate	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	market	value	of	the	
original	LTIP	share	awards	at	the	date	of	grant.	

The table below reconciles the nil-cost LTIP share options outstanding:

Outstanding	at	beginning	of	period

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Outstanding	at	end	of	period

Exercisable at end of period, number

Weighted	average	exercise	price,	pence

Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life,	years

Weighted	average	fair	value	of	LTIP	options	granted,	pence

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
Number  
of shares

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
Number  
of shares

–

2,012,743

–

(372,379)

1,640,364

–

–

9.3

 80 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

LTIP	nil-cost	options	are	exercisable	no	later	than	the	tenth	anniversary	of	the	date	of	grant.	The	fair	value	of	the	LTIP	nil-cost	options	granted	during	
the	year	was	80p	(2015:	nil),	based	on	the	market	price	of	the	ordinary	shares	at	the	date	of	grant,	adjusted	for	dividends	payable.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
106

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

21. Share based payments (continued)
2016 3-year Sharesave Scheme (“SAYE Plan”)
In	November	2016,	the	Group	offered	to	all	employees	the	opportunity	to	participate	in	the	2016	Sharesave	Scheme,	an	SAYE	plan	(the	“SAYE	
Plan”).	The	SAYE	Plan	enables	participating	employees	to	choose	to	save	anything	from	£5	to	£250	per	month	over	three	years.	At	the	end	of	 
the	three	years,	the	employee	may	use	the	amount	saved	to	purchase	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	shares	at	a	discounted	price	of	57.7	p	per	share.	
Alternatively,	the	employee	may,	at	their	request,	withdraw	their	savings	and	leave	the	SAYE	Plan	at	any	time.	Participants	will	be	eligible	to	 
exercise	their	awards	between	3	and	3.5	years	from	the	grant	date	which	was	on	4	November	2016.

The table below reconciles the SAYE Plan share options outstanding:

Outstanding	at	beginning	of	period

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Outstanding	at	end	of	period

Exercisable at end of period, number

Weighted	average	exercise	price,	pence

Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life,	years

Weighted	average	fair	value	of	Sharesave	options	granted,	pence

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
Number  
of shares

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
Number  
of shares

–

2,459,867

–

(26,828)

2,433,039

–

57.7

3.3

23

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

SAYE	Plan	options	are	exercisable	no	later	than	3.5	years	after	the	date	of	grant.	The	fair	value	of	the	SAYE	Plan	options	granted	during	the	year	
was	23p	(2015:	nil).	

The	Black-Scholes	valuation	model	was	used	to	determine	the	fair	value	of	the	SAYE	Plan	options	issued	by	the	Company.	The	expected	volatility	
measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns was based on statistical analysis of the Company’s historical share 
price taking into account the Company’s historical volatility since Admission to the London Stock Exchange in 2015, and the historical volatility of  
a	comparator	group	of	companies	listed	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	operating	in	similar	markets.	

The following table represents the weighted averages of the variables used to estimate the fair value of SAYE Plan options granted during the year: 

Exercise price of option contract, pence

Share price on date of grant, pence

Expected term before option exercise, years

Risk free interest rate 

Expected dividend yield

Expected share volatility

2016 
Weighted 
average

2015 
Weighted	
average

57.7

70.5

3.25

0.28%

1.6%

45%

–

–

–

–

–

–

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
107

22. Financial instruments
Financial risk management
The	Group	holds	and	uses	financial	instruments	to	finance	its	operations	and	to	manage	its	interest	rate	and	liquidity	risks.	The	Group	primarily	
finances	its	operations	using	share	capital,	revenue	and	borrowings.

The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	to	a	variety	of	financial	risks:	market	risk	(interest	rate	risk	and	foreign	exchange	risk),	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.	

Risk	management	is	carried	out	under	policies	approved	by	the	board	of	directors.	Financial	risk	management	is	carried	out	by	the	Chief	Financial	
Officer	under	a	policy	approved	by	the	board.	The	board	approves	written	principles	for	overall	risk	management,	as	well	as	written	policies	
covering	specific	areas,	such	as	interest	rate	risk,	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk	and	receives	regular	reports	on	such	matters.	The	Group	does	not	
engage	in	trading	or	speculative	activities	using	derivative	financial	instruments.

Market risk
Market	risk	is	the	risk	that	may	change	prices,	such	as	foreign	exchange	rates	and	interest	rates.	They	will	affect	the	Group’s	income	or	the	value	of	
its	holdings	of	financial	instruments.

Interest rate risk
Interest	rate	risk	is	the	risk	of	a	change	in	the	Group’s	cash	flows	due	to	a	change	in	interest	rates.	On	9	February	2015	the	Group,	its	ultimate	parent	
company	and	its	previous	ultimate	parent	company	executed	a	number	of	board-approved	loans	which	allowed	the	Group	to	discharge	existing	
loan	notes	as	well	as	to	effect	an	early	redemption	of	£64	million	of	its	6.75%	senior	secured	notes	as	summarised	in	Note	4.

The	Group’s	fixed	rate	borrowings	are	now	principally	the	senior	secured	notes.	In	addition	the	Group	enters	into	finance	leases	in	respect	of	hire	
stock	assets	and	these	carry	a	fixed	rate	of	interest	set	at	lease	inception.	

The	Group	is	only	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	on	its	variable	interest	borrowings,	such	as	the	revolving	credit	facility,	the	Group’s	overdraft	and	
other	short	term	borrowings.	Given	the	most	recent	inflation	report	from	the	Bank	of	England	(February	2017)	which	indicates	that	the	market-
implied path for the UK Bank Rate is now considerably lower than reported in the February 2016 report, and is not currently expected to reach 
0.7%	before	Q1	2020	(previously	expected	in	Q3	2017	in	the	February	2016	report),	the	directors	do	not	consider	this	to	be	a	significant	risk	to	the	
Group.	The	Directors	will	continue	to	monitor	developments	in	market	interest	rates	on	a	regular	basis.	The	effect	of	a	1%	increase	in	interest	rates	
on	the	Group’s	variable	loans	would	be	to	increase	the	interest	charge	by	£0.7	million.

Foreign exchange risk
Foreign	exchange	risk	is	the	risk	of	a	change	in	the	Group’s	cash	flows	due	to	a	change	in	foreign	currency	exchange	rates.	The	Group	is	exposed	
to	foreign	currency	exchange	rate	risk	on	the	cash	flows	and	carrying	values	of	its	Republic	of	Ireland	subsidiaries.	Given	the	relative	small	size	of	
the	Republic	of	Ireland	operations	compared	with	the	Group	Dhe	directors	do	not	consider	this	to	be	a	significant	risk	to	the	Group.

Credit risk
Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	Group	if	a	customer	or	counterparty	to	a	financial	instrument	fails	to	meet	its	contractual	obligations,	 
and	arises	principally	from	the	Group’s	receivables	from	customers.

The	Directors	consider	the	Group’s	credit	risk	from	cash,	cash	equivalents	and	deposits	to	be	low	as	the	Group	only	enters	transactions	with	banks	
or	financial	institutions	with	a	credit	rating	of	A	or	above.

The	Group	has	policies	in	place	to	manage	potential	credit	risk	from	trade	receivables.	Customer	credit	terms	are	determined	using	independent	
ratings	agency	data	and	regularly	updated	to	reflect	any	changes	in	customer	circumstances	or	trading	conditions.	If	no	independent	rating	is	
available	an	internal	assessment	is	made	of	the	credit	quality	of	the	customer,	taking	into	account	their	financial	position	and	past	trading	history	 
of	the	Group.	The	directors	do	not	expect	any	significant	losses	of	receivables	that	have	not	been	provided	for	as	shown	in	note	14.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Group	will	not	be	able	to	meet	its	financial	obligations	as	they	fall	due.	The	Group	finance	department	regularly	
monitors	forecasts	of	the	Group’s	liquidity	requirements	to	ensure	that	it	has	sufficient	cash	to	meet	operational	needs	while	maintaining	sufficient	
headroom	on	its	undrawn	committed	borrowing	facilities	(note	17)	at	all	times	so	that	borrowing	limits	or	covenants	on	borrowing	facilities	are	 
not	breached.

The	financial	covenant	in	place	on	the	Group’s	revolving	credit	facility	at	31	December	2016	is	a	minimum	Adjusted	EBITDA	of	£35	million	on	 
a	rolling	12-month	basis.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information108

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

22. Financial instruments (continued)
Capital Management
The	Group	relies	on	capital	for	organic	and	acquisitive	growth,	the	purchase	of	rental	equipment	to	replace	equipment	that	has	reached	the	end	of	
its	useful	economic	life	and	to	secure	and	establish	new	rental	locations	and	branches.	

The	Group	defines	capital	as	equity	as	shown	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	plus	net	debt	(total	borrowings	less	cash)	and	seeks	to	achieve	
an	acceptable	return	on	gross	capital.

The	Group	manages	its	capital	structure	using	a	number	of	measures	and	taking	into	account	its	future	strategic	plans.	Such	measures	include	
ensuring	that	the	Group	maintains	sufficient	liquidity	and	compliance	with	a	bank	covenant.	In	addition	to	the	cash	that	the	Group	has	generated	
from	its	operations,	over	recent	years	it	has	renegotiated	its	debt	structure	including	the	issue	of	a	fixed	interest	rate	bond,	fixed	term	loan	notes	 
and	secured	shorter	term	bank	borrowing	through	a	revolving	credit	facility.

The	principal	bank	covenant	is	to	maintain	an	adjusted	rolling	EBITDA	of	£35	million.	For	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	Adjusted	EBITDA	 
was	£68.6	million	(2014:	£71.0	million).

Fair value
All	financial	assets	at	the	balance	sheet	date	which	comprise	trade	and	other	receivables,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	are	classified	as	loans	 
and	receivables.

All	financial	liabilities	which	comprise	trade	and	other	payables,	obligations	under	finance	leases	and	borrowings	are	classified	as	financial	liabilities	
at	amortised	cost.

The	following	table	shows	the	fair	value	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	within	the	Group,	including	their	level	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy.	 
It	does	not	include	fair	value	information	for	financial	assets	or	financial	liabilities	not	measured	at	fair	value	if	the	carrying	amount	is	a	reasonable	
approximation	of	fair	value.

Financial liabilities 
Senior secured note 

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

137,700

137,700

135,568

135,568

The	senior	secured	notes	are	classified	as	Level	1	in	the	fair	value	hierarchy,	as	they	are	listed	on	the	Luxembourg	stock	exchange	and	have	been	
valued	at	their	market	value	at	the	year	end.	

23. Commitments and contingencies
The	Group’s	commitments	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases	are	set	out	below:

Land and buildings
Within	one	year

Between	two	and	five	years

After	five	years

Other
Within	one	year

Between	two	and	five	years

After	five	years

Other	operating	leases	predominantly	comprise	hire	stock	assets	and	motor	vehicles.	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

16,140 

48,447 

35,562 

100,149 

9,142 

15,952 

321 

25,415 

125,564 

15,910	

47,953	

30,799	

94,662	

7,607	

13,021 

–

20,628	

115,290	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016109

23. Commitments and contingencies (continued)
The	Group’s	future	minimum	sub-lease	rental	income	expected	to	be	received	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases	is	as	follows:

Sub-lease rental income
Within	one	year

Between	two	and	five	years

After	five	years

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

713 

1,181 

274 

2,168 

862	

1,704	

376	

2,942	

24. Business combinations
On	8	May	2015,	the	Group	acquired	the	entire	share	capital	of	All	Seasons	Hire	Limited,	one	of	the	leading	heating,	ventilation	and	air	conditioning	
(HVAC)	hire	companies	in	the	UK.	

In accordance with IFRS 3, measurement period adjustments have now been made to provisional values which result in a restatement of amounts 
previously	recognised	at	26	December	2015	and	27	June	2015.	The	result	of	these	adjustments	changes	the	provisional	goodwill	from	£7.0	million,	
as	reported	at	26	December	2015,	to	£7.3	million.

The adjustments to the provisional amounts recognised during the measurement period, as reported at 26 December 2015, are as follows:

Intangible assets

Materials & equipment held for hire

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors and provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired
Goodwill

Total consideration

As reported at 
26 December 
2015 
£000s

Adjustments 
to provisional 
values 
£000s

1,976	

2,699	

211 

1,219	

317	

(2,022)

(623)

3,777	

7,021	

10,798	

–

(30)

38	

(184)

–

(130)

–

(306)

306 

–

As	a	result	of	the	acquisition	accounting	being	finalised,	the	Group	has	restated	comparative	amounts	in	the	balance	sheet	as	follows:

Intangible assets

Property plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

As reported at 
26 December 
2015 
£000s

Adjustments 
to provisional 
values 
£000s

179,936	

183,205	

97,769	

(89,106)

306 

8	

(184)

(130)

Restated 
£000s

1,976	

2,669	

249	

1,035 

317	

(2,152)

(623)

3,471	

7,327	

10,798	

Restated 
£000s

180,242

183,213

97,585

(89,236)

Acquisition	related	costs	of	£0.25	million	were	charged	to	administrative	expenses	in	the	income	statement	during	the	year	ended	26	December	
2015.	In	addition	a	further	immaterial	acquisition	was	made	in	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	for	£0.5	million	and	gave	rise	to	goodwill	of	 
£0.4	million.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
110

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements Continued

25. Related party transactions
Ultimate parent entity
By	virtue	of	its	majority	shareholding	the	Group’s	immediate	and	ultimate	parent	entity	is	Exponent	Private	Equity	LLP.

During	the	year	entities	managed	by	Exponent	Private	Equity	LLP	charged	the	Group	fees	of	£40,000	(2015:	£40,000)	and	£nil	was	outstanding	at	
31	December	2016	(2015:	£nil).

Key management personnel
Related	party	transactions	with	key	management	personnel	are	disclosed	in	note	8.

On	30	March	2015	a	loan	was	made	by	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	to	Steve	Trowbridge	to	enable	him	to	pay	the	income	tax	and	employee	national	
insurance	contributions	arising	on	any	difference	between	the	unrestricted	market	value	of	the	B	shares	in	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	acquired	by	
him	in	2014	and	the	subscription	price	actually	paid.	The	loan	was	written	off	by	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	following	the	admission	of	HSS	Hire	
Group	plc	to	the	London	Stock	Exchange	and	the	group	has	settled	the	tax	and	national	insurance	amounts	arising.	The	benefit	amounted	 
to	£78,645.

26. Dividends

Interim	dividend	of	0.57p	(2015:	0.57p)	per	ordinary	share	paid	during	the	year

Final	dividend	of	0.57p	(2015:	nil)	per	ordinary	share	paid	during	the	year

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

882 

882 

1,764 

882	

–

882	

The	Board	is	focused	on	reducing	net	debt	and,	after	careful	consideration	of	the	significant	cash	investments	made	during	2016	and	the	
continuing	optimisation	of	the	network	underway,	believe	it	is	in	the	best	interests	of	the	shareholders	for	the	Group	to	not	pay	a	final	dividend	in	
respect	of	2016.	As	a	result	of	this	decision	the	total	dividend	paid	and	payable	by	the	Group	in	respect	of	2016	totals	0.57p	per	ordinary	share,	
reflecting	the	interim	dividend	of	0.57p	per	share	paid	in	October	2016.

During	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	the	shareholders	approved	a	final	dividend	of	0.57p	per	ordinary	share,	totalling	£0.9	million	in	respect	
of	the	year	ended	26	December	2015	which	was	subsequently	paid	on	4	July	2016.

During	the	year	ended	31	December	2016,	the	Directors	paid	an	interim	dividend	of	£0.9	million	in	October	2016.

During	the	year	ended	26	December	2015,	the	Directors	paid	an	interim	dividend	of	£0.9	million.

27. Note supporting statement of cash flows
Significant	non-cash	transactions	in	the	year	in	respect	of	financing	activities	comprised	£8.6	million	of	assets	acquired	under	new	finance	leases	
(2015:	£29.9	million).

28. Capital reconstruction
As	explained	in	note	1d,	in	February	2015	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	undertook	an	IPO	resulting	in	£103	million	of	gross	proceeds	being	raised.	As	part	 
of	the	IPO	process,	the	Company	passed	special	resolutions	giving	effect	to	the	capital	reorganisation	outlined	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	
changes	in	equity.

On	9	February	2015	the	Group,	its	ultimate	parent	company	and	its	previous	ultimate	parent	company	executed	a	number	of	Board-approved	
loans	which	allowed	the	Group	to	discharge	existing	loans	as	well	as	to	effect	an	early	redemption	of	£64	million	of	its	6.75%	senior	secured	notes	
as	summarised	in	note	17.

29. Post balance sheet events
In	the	period	subsequent	to	31	December	2016,	the	Group	has	closed	37	branches	resulting	in	an	additional	onerous	lease	provision	of	 
£1.6	million.	The	directors	made	the	decision	to	close	the	affected	branches	in	2017,	and	therefore,	the	store	branch	closures	are	a	non-adjusting	
post	balance	sheet	event	which	will	be	recognised	in	the	period	subsequent	to	31	December	2016.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
30. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITA
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:

Operating	(loss)/profit

Add: Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Add:	Accelerated	depreciation	relating	to	hire	stock	customer	losses,	hire	stock	write-offs	and	 
other asset disposals

Add: Amortisation

EBITDA

Add:	Exceptional	items	(non-finance)

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITA is calculated as follows:

Operating	(loss)/profit

Add: Amortisation

EBITA

Add:	Exceptional	items	(non-finance)

Adjusted EBITA

111

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

(2,731)

37,729 

10,446 

6,237 

51,681 

16,957 

68,638 

6,842	

39,379	

11,323 

4,981	

62,525 

8,522	

71,047	

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£000s

Year ended  
26 December 
2015 
£000s

(2,731)

6,237 

3,506 

16,957 

20,463 

6,842	

4,981	

11,823	

8,522	

20,345	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
 
112

Company Statement  
of Financial Position

At 31 December 2016

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Investments 

Other	receivables	

Current assets
Other	receivables	

Cash

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
Other	payables	

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Retained	earnings/(deficit)

Total surplus attributable to owners of the Company 

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015  
£000s

Note

3

3

4

5

6

86,369

100,703

187,072

18,784

12,786

31,570

218,642

86,368

91,085

177,453

8,957

1 

8,958

186,411

(11,347)

(11,347)

(11,347)

(55)

(55)

(55)

207,295

186,356	

1,702 

–

97,716 

107,877

207,295

1,548	

–

85,312	

99,496	

186,356

As	permitted	by	Section	408(3)	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	the	Company’s	income	statement	and	statement	of	comprehensive	income	and	
related	notes	have	not	been	presented.

The	Company	made	a	post-tax	profit	for	the	year	of	£10,042,000	(2015:	£1,825,000).

The	notes	on	pages	114	to	116	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.

The	Financial	Statements	were	approved	and	authorised	for	issue	by	the	board	of	directors	on	5	April	2017	and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

P Quested 
Director

5	April	2017

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

For the year ended 31 December 2016

At	27	December	2015

Shares issued in the period for cash

Share issue costs

Share based payment

Dividend

Profit	for	the	period

At 31 December 2016

At	7	January	2015

Issue of 50,000 redeemable preference 
shares	of	£1	each

Shares issued for acquisition of subsidiary  
by a share for share exchange

Shares issued in the period for cash

Share issue costs

Redemption of 50,000 redeemable  
preference	shares	of	£1	each

Capital reduction

Dividend

Profit	for	the	period

At 26 December 2015

Share  
capital 
£000s

1,548	

154 

–

–

–

1,702 

Share  
capital 
£000s

–

–

1,057	

491	

–

–

–

–

1,548	

113

Share  
premium 
£000s

Preference 
shares 
£000s

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Merger  
reserve 
£000s

85,312	

12,800 

(396)

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings 
£000s

99,496	

–

–

103 

(1,764)

10,042 

Total  
equity 
£000s

186,356	

12,954 

(396)

103 

(1,764)

10,042 

97,716 

107,877 

207,295 

Share  
premium 
£000s

Preference 
shares 
£000s

Merger  
reserve 
£000s

Retained 
earnings 
£000s

–

–

–

102,629	

(4,076)

–

(98,553)

–

–

–

–

50 

–

–

–

(50)

–

–

–

–

–

–

85,312	

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

98,553	

(882)

1,825	

Total  
equity 
£000s

–

50 

86,369	

103,120 

(4,076)

(50)

–

(882)

1,825	

85,312	

99,496	

186,356	

The	notes	on	pages	114	to	116	form	part	of	these	Financial	Statements.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information 
114

Company Notes to the  
Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
HSS	Hire	Group	plc	(the	Company)	is	a	company	incorporated	and	
domiciled	in	the	United	Kingdom.	The	Company’s	registered	office	is	
25	Willow	Lane,	Mitcham,	Surrey,	CR4	4TS.

a) Reporting entity
HSS	Hire	Group	Limited	was	incorporated	on	7	January	2015	as	 
a private company limited by shares in the United Kingdom and 
re-registered	as	a	public	limited	company	on	19	January	2015.	 
The Company listed its shares on the London Stock Exchange  
on	9	February	2015.

The Company’s principal activity is to act as ultimate holding company 
for a group of companies whose principal activities are the supply and 
hire	of	equipment	and	associated	services.

b) Statement of compliance
The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in 
accordance	with	Financial	Reporting	Standard	100.

Application of Financial Reporting Requirements (FRS 100) and 
Financial Reporting Standard 101
Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101) and the Companies  
Act	2006.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these Financial Statements the company has taken 
advantage	of	all	disclosure	exemptions	conferred	by	FRS	101.	
Therefore these Financial Statements do not include:

 → certain comparative information as otherwise required by  

EU-endorsed IFRS

 → certain disclosures regarding the company’s capital

 → a	statement	of	cash	flows

 → the	effect	of	future	accounting	standards	not	yet	adopted

 → the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel

 → disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned 

members	of	the	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	group	of	companies.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure 
exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures are 
included	in	the	company’s	consolidated	Financial	Statements.	These	
Financial Statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:

 → Share-based	payments;

 → Financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as  

a	result	of	recording	financial	Instruments	at	fair	value);	or

 → Fair value measurement other than certain disclosures required as  

a	result	of	recording	financial	instruments	at	fair	value).

The	Directors	have	taken	advantage	of	the	option	within	section	390	of	
the Companies Act 2006 to prepare their Financial Statements up to a 
date seven days either side of the Company’s accounting reference 
date of 31 December, and these accounts therefore cover the period 
from	27	December	2015	to	31	December	2016	(2015:	7	January	2015	
to	26	December	2015).

As	permitted	by	Section	408(2)	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	information	
about the Company’s employee numbers and costs have not been 
presented.

The Company Financial Statements were previously prepared under 
IFRS	as	endorsed	by	the	EU.	No	changes	to	previously	recorded	
figures	arose	as	a	result	of	the	change	to	FRS101.

The	Company	complies	with	the	accounting	policies	defined	in	note	1	
to	the	Group	Consolidated	Statements	on	pages	77	to	83	except	as	
noted	below.

c) Merger reserve
The	merger	reserve	is	the	amount	arising	on	the	difference	between	 
the nominal value of the shares issued on acquisition of the subsidiary 
company	and	the	Company	value	of	the	interest	in	subsidiary.	 
The	merger	reserve	arises	where	more	than	90%	of	the	shares	in	a	
subsidiary are acquired and the consideration includes the issue of  
new shares by the Company, and therefore the Company adopts 
merger	relief	under	the	Companies	Act	2006.

d) Investments
Investments	in	subsidiaries	are	included	in	the	statement	of	financial	
position	at	cost	less	amounts	written-off,	representing	impairment	 
in	value.	Impairment	charges	are	recorded	if	events	or	changes	in	
circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	value	may	not	be	recoverable.

As the investment in subsidiaries arose from a reorganisation of the 
group	structure	that	satisfies	the	criteria	set	out	in	IAS	27	Separate	
Financial Statements, the cost of interest has been measured as the 
carrying amount of its share of the equity items shown in the separate 
Financial	Statements	of	the	original	parent	at	the	date	of	reorganisation.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016115

2. Investments
At 31 December 2016 the Company’s subsidiaries, including those held indirectly through direct subsidiaries, are:

Company

Hampshire Topco Limited

Hampshire Midco Limited

Hampshire Bidco Limited

Hero Acquisitions Limited

HSS Hire Service Holdings Limited

HSS Hire Service Finance Limited

Bannagroe Limited

ABird Superior Limited

HSS	Hire	Service	Group	Limited

A1 Hire & Sales Limited

Laois Hire Services Limited

ABird Limited

Apex	Generators	Limited

UK Platforms Limited

HSS Financing plc

HSS Training Limited

1st Collection Services Limited

TecServ Cleaning Equipment Services Limited

All Seasons Hire Limited

Access Rentals (UK) Limited

Reintec Limited

Project	Heath	(Jersey)	Limited

Holding Country of incorporation

Principal activity 

Ordinary	 
shares held

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Republic of Ireland

Intermediate holding company

UK

UK

UK

Intermediate holding company

Hire and equipment services

Hire and equipment services

Republic of Ireland

Hire and equipment services

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Hire and equipment services

Hire and equipment services

Hire and equipment services

Hire and equipment services

Training services

Administration of group debtors

Cleaning equipment services

Hire and equipment services

Dormant

Dormant

Jersey

Cash box company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The	registered	office	of	the	subsidiaries	listed	above	is	25	Willow	Lane,	Mitcham,	Surrey,	CR4	4TS,	except	for	the	following:

 → Apex	Generators	Ltd,125	West	Regent	Street,	Glasgow,	G2	2SA

 → Laois	Hire	Services	Limited,	Abbeyleix	Road,	Portlaoise,	Co.	Laois,	Eire

 → Bannagroe	Limited,	Clonminam	Industrial	Estate,	Portlaoise,	Co.	Laois,	Eire

 → Project	Heath	(Jersey)	Limited	at	44	Esplanade,	St	Helier,	Jersey,	JE4	9WG

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information116

Company Notes to the  
Financial Statements Continued

3. Other receivables

Non-current 
Amounts due from group undertakings

Current 
Amounts due from group undertakings

Pre-payments

Non-current	amounts	due	from	Group	undertakings	fall	due	in	2022	and	carry	a	fixed	interest	rate	of	10%.

Current	amounts	due	from	Group	undertakings	carry	an	interest	rate	of	3.75%	above	LIBOR.

4. Other payables: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Accruals and deferred income

Other	creditors

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

100,703 

100,703 

91,085	

91,085	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

18,763 

21 

18,784 

8,946	

11 

8,957	

31 December 
2016 
£000s

26 December 
2015 
£000s

11,084 

71 

192 

11,347 

-

35 

20 

55 

5. Share capital
The	details	of	the	Company’s	share	capital	are	set	out	in	note	20	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

6. Profit and loss account
As	permitted	by	section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	the	company	has	elected	not	to	present	its	own	profit	and	loss	account	for	the	year.	

The	auditors’	remuneration	for	audit	and	other	services	is	disclosed	in	note	6	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

7. Related party transactions
The	Company’s	related	party	transactions	are	set	out	in	note	25	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

8. Financial instruments
Details	of	the	Group’s	financial	instruments	policies	are	set	out	in	note	22	to	the	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.	

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016 
 
 
 
117

Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements 
concerning	the	Group’s	business,	financial	condition,	results	of	
operations	and	certain	of	the	Group’s	plans,	objectives,	assumptions,	
projections,	expectations	or	beliefs	with	respect	to	these	items.	
Forward-looking	statements	are	sometimes,	but	not	always,	identified	
by	their	use	of	a	date	in	the	future	or	such	words	as	‘anticipates’,	‘aims’,	
‘due’,	‘could’,	‘may’,	‘will’,	‘should’,	‘expects’,	‘believes’,	‘intends’,	‘plans’,	
‘potential’,	‘targets’,	‘goal’	or	‘estimates’.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties	and	other	factors,	which	may	cause	the	Group’s	actual	
financial	condition,	performance	and	results	to	differ	materially	from	the	
plans, goals, objectives and expectations set out in the forward-looking 
statements	included	in	this	document.	Accordingly,	readers	are	
cautioned	not	to	place	undue	reliance	on	forward-looking	statements.

By their nature, forward-looking statements relate to events and 
depend on circumstances that will occur in the future and are inherently 
unpredictable.	Such	forward-looking	statements	should,	therefore,	be	
considered in light of various important factors that could cause actual 
results	and	developments	to	differ	materially	from	those	expressed	or	
implied	by	these	forward-looking	statements.	These	factors	include,	
among other things: changes in the economies and markets within 
which	the	Group	operates;	changes	in	the	regulatory	regime	within	
which	the	Group	operates;	changes	in	interest,	and	to	a	lesser	extent,	
exchange	rates;	the	impact	of	competitor	pricing	behaviour;	the	
occurrence	of	major	operational	problems;	the	loss	of	major	customers;	
contingent	liabilities;	and	the	impact	of	legal	or	other	proceedings	
against,	or	which	otherwise	affect,	the	Group.

No assurance can be given that the forward-looking statements in this 
document	will	be	realised;	actual	events	or	results	may	differ	materially	
as	a	result	of	risks	and	uncertainties	facing	the	Group.	Subject	to	
compliance with applicable law and regulation, the Company does not 
intend to update the forward-looking statements in this document to 
reflect	events	or	circumstances	after	the	date	of	this	document,	and	
does	not	undertake	any	obligation	to	do	so.

Financial Calendar

Annual	General	Meeting

11.00am,	14	June	2017

Shareholder 
Information

Annual General Meeting
The	Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	will	be	held	at	11.00am	on	14	
June	2017	at	Hilton	Garden	Inn,	Hatton	Cross,	TW6	2SQ.	Details	of	the	
Resolutions proposed and being voted on are provided in the Notice of 
AGM	provided	to	shareholders	and	available	for	download	at	the	Group	
website, www.hsshiregroup.com

Share Fraud and Boiler room scams
Many companies have become aware that their shareholders have 
received unsolicited phone calls or correspondence concerning 
investment	matters.	Share	scams	are	often	run	from	‘boiler	rooms’	
where	fraudsters	cold-call	investors	offering	them	worthless,	overpriced	
or	even	non-existent	shares.

These	operations	are	commonly	known	as	‘boiler	room	fraud’.	
The	‘brokers’	(callers)	can	be	very	persistent	and	extremely	persuasive.	
They often have websites to support their activities, their advice and 
the	companies	they	purport	to	represent.	A	2006	survey	by	the	
Financial Services Authority (FSA) reported that the average amount 
lost	by	an	investor	is	around	£20,000.	It	is	not	just	novice	investors	
that	have	been	duped	in	this	way;	many	of	the	victims	have	been	
successfully	investing	for	several	years.	

Shareholders are cautioned to be very wary of any unsolicited advice, 
offers	to	buy	shares	at	a	discount,	sell	your	shares	at	a	premium	or	
offers	of	free	company	reports.	

If	you	are	offered	unsolicited	investment	advice,	discounted	shares,	
a premium price for shares you own, or free company or research 
reports, you should take these steps before handing over any money:

 → record	the	name	of	the	person	and	organisation	contacting	you;	

 → check the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA )Register at  

www.fca.org.uk/register	to	ensure	they	are	properly	authorised;

 → use	the	details	on	the	FCA	Register	to	contact	the	firm;

 → call	the	FCA	Consumer	Helpline	on	0800	111	6768	if	there	are	no	
contact	details	on	the	Register	or	you	are	told	they	are	out	of	date;

 → if you receive telephone calls, emails, letters purporting to be from 
HSS	Hire	Group	plc	or	from	companies	endorsed	by	HSS	Hire	
Group	plc	and	you	are	unsure	if	they	are	legitimate,	please	contact	
our	shareholder	helpline	for	clarification	(0371	384	2030	or	 
+44	(0)121	415	7047	(overseas));	and

 → if	the	caller	persists,	hang	up.	

Please	note	that	should	you	use	an	unauthorised	firm	to	buy	or	sell	
shares or other investments, you will not have access to the Financial 
Ombudsman	Service	or	Financial	Services	Compensation	Scheme	
(FSCS)	if	things	go	wrong.

If you are approached about a share scam you should tell the FCA 
using the online share fraud reporting form at www.fca.org.uk/
consumers/report-scam-unauthorised-firm	where	you	can	find	 
out	about	the	latest	investment	scams.	You	can	also	call	the	 
FCA	Consumer	Helpline	on	0800	111	6768.

If you have already paid money to share fraudsters you should  
contact	Action	Fraud	on	0300	123	2040	or	online	at:	 
www.actionfraud.police.uk/

Further information on this or similar activity can be found at  
www.cityoflondon.police.uk/citypolice within the Economic  
Crime	section.

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information118

Company Information

Registered Office
HSS Hire Group plc 
25	Willow	Lane 
Mitcham 
Surrey,	CR4	4TS

Email:	investors@hss.com 
Website:	www.hsshiregroup.com 
Registered	number:	England	and	Wales,	No.	9378067

Company Secretary
Daniel	Joll

Financial Advisers and Stockbrokers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove  
25 Bank Street 
Canary	Wharf 
London,	E14	5JP

Numis Securities Limited  
The London Stock Exchange Building  
10 Paternoster Square  
London,	EC4M	7LT

Legal Advisers
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP 
65 Fleet Street 
London,	EC4Y	1HS

Independent Auditors
BDO LLP 
55 Baker St 
London,	W1U	7EU

Bankers
Barclays Bank plc 
One	Churchill	Place	 
London,	E14	5HP

HSBC Bank plc 
8	Canada	Square 
London,	E14	5HQ

Financial Public Relations
Citigate Dewe Rogerson Ltd 
3	London	Wall	Buildings 
London	Wall 
London, EC2M 5SY

Trade Public Relations
Founded Partners Limited 
185	Park	Street 
London,	SE1	9DY

Registrars
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer House 
Lancing 
West	Sussex,	BN99	6DA	

Contact Centre: 
UK:	0371	384	2030 
Intl:	+44	(0)121	415	7047

Insurance Brokers
Marsh Limited 
1	Tower	Place	West 
Tower Place 
London, EC3R 5BU

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016119

Definitions and 
Glossary

The	following	definitions	apply	throughout	this	document	unless	the	context	requires	otherwise:

‘ABird’ or ‘ABird Power Solutions’ 

ABird Superior Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiary, ABird Limited

‘Act’

‘Activ’ Shield Bar’ 

‘Adjusted EBITA’ 

‘Adjusted EBITDA’ 

‘Adjusted EPS’

‘Admission’ 

‘All Seasons Hire’

‘Apex’ 

the Companies Act 2006, as amended

a	safety	feature	developed	in	conjunction	with	manufacturer	Haulotte	on	the	Group’s	platform	
access	fleet

EBITA adjusted to add back exceptional items

EBITDA adjusted to add back exceptional items

measure	of	adjusted	profitability	per	share.	Widely	recognised	measure	of	shareholder	value	
(profit)	being	generated	by	a	business	excluding	non-recurring	or	exceptional	items	and	
amortisation and after charging the prevailing rate of corporation tax

the	admission	of	the	Shares	to	the	premium	listing	segment	of	the	Official	List	and	to	trading	on	 
the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities

All Seasons Hire Limited

Apex	Generators	Limited

‘Articles’ 
‘Average revenue per account customer’ calculated by dividing the total revenue from account customers only in a year by the simple 

the Articles of Association of the Company 

average of the opening and closing number of trading accounts

‘bn’

‘B2B’ 

‘Carbon emissions in our built 
environment’

‘Code’

‘Company’

‘CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme’ 
or ‘CRC’

‘Customer Distribution Centres’  
or ‘CDCs’

‘EBITA’ 

‘EBITDA’ 

‘ERP system’

‘EU’

‘Exponent’ 

‘Exponent Shareholders’ 

‘Governance Code’ 

‘Group’

‘Hampshire Topco Limited’

‘HSS Hire Group plc’

‘HSS’

‘IFRS’

‘initial public offering’ or ‘IPO’ 

a	billion	or	billions	when	used	with	a	number	or	numbers	and	a	currency	unit	e.g.	£5.7bn	denotes	
£5.7	billion	pounds	sterling

business-to-business

calculated	as	the	total	CO2 emissions from fuel combustion (a scope 1 emission) and purchased 
electricity	(scope	2	emissions)	of	the	Group	in	kg	CO2 divided by the total m2	of	the	Group’s	
freehold	and	leasehold	portfolio.	Calculated	for	the	period	1	April	to	31	March	in	each	year	period	
in accordance with the reporting timeframe required for annual CRC submissions

see	‘Governance	Code’

HSS	Hire	Group	plc

a mandatory carbon emissions reduction scheme in the UK that applies to large non-energy-
intensive organisations in the public and private sectors

Locations across the UK from which we deliver items of our core hire equipment direct to 
customer sites, manage the collection of equipment from customer sites at the end of the hire 
period and undertake testing and repair of larger non-specialist equipment

earnings before interest, tax and amortisation

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

enterprise resource planning software used to manage the business and automate certain  
day	to	day	processes.

European Union

the investment funds managed by Exponent Private Equity LLP or, when otherwise indicated or 
where the context otherwise requires, Exponent Private Equity LLP in its own right

Exponent	Private	Equity	Partners	GP	II,	LP,	Exponent	Havana	Co-Investment	Partners	GP	Limited	
and	Exponent	Private	Equity	Founder	Partner	GP	II	Limited

the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	issued	by	the	Financial	Reporting	Council,	as	amended	from	
time to time

together,	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	and	its	direct	or	indirect	subsidiaries	

our	parent	company	as	at	27	December	2014	and	up	until	21	January	2015	when	HSS	Hire	Group	
plc became the new holding company of Hampshire Topco Limited and its subsidiaries through  
a	share-for-share	exchange.	Havana	Topco	Limited	was	renamed	Hampshire	Topco	Limited	on	
23	May	2014

HSS	Hire	Group	plc	(company	number	9378067)	whose	registered	office	is	at	25	Willow	Lane,	
Mitcham,	Surrey,	UK,	CR4	4TS

used	to	refer	to	the	group	of	companies	within	the	HSS	Hire	Group

International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union

the	initial	public	offering	and	admission	of	the	ordinary	share	capital	of	HSS	Hire	Group	plc	to	the	
premium	listing	segment	of	the	Official	List	of	the	UK	Listing	Authority	and	to	trading	on	London	
Stock	Exchange’s	main	market	for	listed	securities	under	the	ticker	‘HSS’	on	9	February	2015

‘Ireland’ 

the Republic of Ireland

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Our Business and  Our PerformanceGovernanceOur ResponsibilitiesFinancial InformationOther Information120

Definitions and  
Glossary Continued

‘LTIP’

‘live account’ 

‘LTM utilisation’ 

‘m’

‘MEWP’ 

‘MTS’ 

long-term	incentive	plan.	A	reward	system	designed	to	reward	employees’	long-term	performance	
by	reference	to	defined	performance	conditions,	which	include	Adjusted	EPS	and	ROCE.

a	customer	that	has	transacted	with	the	Group	in	the	prior	12	months

for our Core businesses utilisation is calculated as average units hired divided by average units 
owned in a reporting month, then averaged over the relevant 52-week period (referred to as the 
last	12	months	or	‘LTM’);	for	our	specialist	businesses	utilisation	represents	the	average	utilisation	
rate of the specialist businesses included in the reporting period, calculated using the same 
method	as	for	core	utilisation	at	each	business	level.	This	calculation	does	not	include	data	for	 
All Seasons Hire as full LTM utilisation data is not yet available

a	million	or	millions	when	used	with	a	number	and	a	currency	unit	e.g.	£70m	denotes	£70	million	
pounds sterling

Mobile	Elevating	Work	Platform

Mobile	Traffic	Solutions

‘National Distribution and Engineering 
Centre’ or ‘NDEC’

New	operation	opened	in	Cowley,	Oxfordshire	in	March	2016	to	centralise	and	industrialise	the	
testing,	maintenance	and	repair	of	our	fast-moving	Core	hire	fleet	upon	return	from	customer	use.	
Once	deemed	fit-for-hire,	equipment	is	moved	back	into	the	local	branch	and	CDC	network

‘Net debt’ 

‘Notes’ 

‘NPS’ 

‘Official List’ 

‘return on assets’ or ‘ROA’

the	total	indebtedness	of	the	Group	including	senior	secured	notes	(excluding	debt	issue	costs),	
investor	loan	notes	(2014	only),	finance	leases,	drawings	on	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility,	any	
accrued	interest	on	these	items	and	any	overdraft	net	of	any	cash	in	the	Group

the	£200m	6.75%	senior	secured	notes	due	2019	issued	by	HSS	Financing	plc	in	February	2014,	
which	after	a	partial	redemption	in	February	2015	were	reduced	to	a	balance	of	£136m

Net Promoter Score, a measure of willingness of customers to recommend a Company’s 
products or services to others

the	Official	List	of	the	FCA

calculated as Adjusted EBITA divided by the total of average total assets (excluding intangible 
assets) subtracted by average current liabilities

‘Return on Capital Employed’ or ‘ROCE’

calculated as Adjusted EBITA divided by the total of average total assets (excluding intangible 
assets and cash) less average current liabilities (excluding current debt items)

‘Revolving Credit Facility’ or ‘RCF’

the	£80.0m	super	senior	revolving	credit	facility	made	available	pursuant	to	the	Revolving	Credit	
Facility Agreement

‘Revolving Credit Facility Agreement’ 

the	revolving	credit	facility	agreement	governing	the	£80.0m	super	senior	revolving	credit	facility	
dated	30	January	2014

‘RIDDOR(s)’

‘TecServ’

‘RMI’

‘SHEQ’

‘Trading Account’

‘Training days per colleague’

‘UK’ 

‘UK Platforms’ 

‘Unipart Group’

the	Reporting	of	Injuries,	Diseases	and	Dangerous	Occurrences	Regulations	1995.	Within	our	
KPIs	we	report	our	RIDDOR	rate,	which	is	calculated	as:	the	number	of	RIDDOR	incidents	 
x 100,000, divided by the number of hours worked

TecServ Cleaning Equipment Services Limited (formerly Premiere FCM Limited)

used to refer to services provided in the repair, maintain and improve markets, typically to the  
built environment

safety, health, environment and quality

a customer account which has been active in the last 12 months

calculated	as	the	total	training	days	completed	by	Group	employees	within	the	year,	divided	by	 
the	average	number	of	colleagues	in	the	Group

the	United	Kingdom	of	Great	Britain	and	Northern	Ireland

UK Platforms Limited and its subsidiary, Access Rentals (UK) Limited

Unipart	Group	Limited

HSS Hire Group plc Annual Report 2016Printed by CPI Colour – who are ISO14001 certified, CarbonNeutral®, Alcohol Free 
and FSC® and PEFC Chain of Custody certified. 

This report is produced on Claro Bulk – an FSC Certified material, which is 
manufactured using totally chlorine free process, and from a sustainable supply 
FSC chain. The inks used are vegetable oil based.

Designed and produced by Friend. www.friendstudio.com 
Feature photography George Brooks.

H

S

S

H

i

r

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

6

Registered office  
25 Willow Lane 
Mitcham 
Surrey 
CR4 4TS

www.hsshiregroup.com